[go: up one dir, main page]

TWI228520B - Glass fiber-reinforced prepregs, laminates, electronic circuit boards and methods for assembling a fabric - Google Patents

Glass fiber-reinforced prepregs, laminates, electronic circuit boards and methods for assembling a fabric Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI228520B
TWI228520B TW88117686A TW88117686A TWI228520B TW I228520 B TWI228520 B TW I228520B TW 88117686 A TW88117686 A TW 88117686A TW 88117686 A TW88117686 A TW 88117686A TW I228520 B TWI228520 B TW I228520B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
scope
patent application
fabric
item
particles
Prior art date
Application number
TW88117686A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Bruce E Novich
Walter J Robertson
Vedagiri Velpari
Kami Lammon-Hilinski
Ernest L Lawton
Original Assignee
Ppg Ind Ohio Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Ppg Ind Ohio Inc filed Critical Ppg Ind Ohio Inc
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI228520B publication Critical patent/TWI228520B/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Treatments For Attaching Organic Compounds To Fibrous Goods (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Reinforced Plastic Materials (AREA)

Abstract

One aspect of the present invention a prepreg for an electronic support, the prepreg comprising: (a) a polymeric matrix material; and (b) a fabric comprising a strand comprising glass fibers, at least a portion of the fabric having a coating which is compatible with the polymeric matrix material, the prepreg having a drill tip percent wear of no greater than about 32 percent, as determined after drilling 2000 holes through a stack of 3 laminates, each laminate including eight of the prepregs, at a hole density of 62 holes per square centimeter (400 holes per square inch) and a chip load of 0.001 with a 0.46 mm (0.018 inch) diameter tungsten carbide drill. The present invention also provides a laminate incorporating the prepreg. Another aspect of the present invention is a prepreg for an electronic support, the prepreg comprising: (a) a polymeric matrix material; and (b) a woven reinforcement fabric comprising a glass fibers, at least a portion of the fabric having a coating which is compatible with the polymeric matrix material, the prepreg having a deviation distance of no greater than about 36 micrometers, as determined after drilling 2000 holes through a stack of 3 laminates at a hole density of 62 holes per square centimeter (400 holes per square inch) and a chip load of 0.001 with a 0.46 mm (0.018 inch) diameter tungsten carbide drill. The present invention also provides a laminate incorporating the prepreg.

Description

[228520[228520

五、發明說明(1) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 ^般而& ’本發明係關於電路板用之強化層合物,且更 特疋言之,係關於含有破璁 更 招士 ,圾璃纖維<織造織物之層合物,其 具有可與層合基質樹 塗層’及在層合物中提供經 改艮ι鑽孔性質。 —發明背兔 電路板典型上係製自樹脂浸潰織物之層合層,該織物係 由強化纖維所组成,譬如玻璃纖維,其係對該板提供尺寸 安定性,以保持裝載於其上之電路之完整性。於層合物中 形成孔洞’其方式是經過層合物或載體層鐵孔,以使沿著 層合物不同平面放置之電路互連。已發現玻璃纖維在層合 物中之硬度,及在鑽孔操作期間產生之熱,可加速鑽錐之 磨耗。結果,在鑽孔機替換及/或鑽孔尖再磨尖之前,鑽 錐將鑽出較少孔洞,且將具有較短整體可使用之工具壽命 此外,已發現加速之鑽孔尖磨耗亦會影嚮孔洞之位置準 確度,且特別是經過層合物所鑽出孔洞之出口端。 典型上,形成層合物之此等強化織物之玻璃纖維表面, 係在纖維成形方法中,使用上漿組合物塗覆,以在後續處 理期間保護纖維免於磨損。例如,使用澱粉與油系上漿組 合物,以在織物織造期間,保護纖維免於纖絲間與設備磨 損,磨損可助長纖維斷裂。有機潤滑劑,譬如烷基咪唑琳 衍生物與醯胺取代之聚乙烯亞胺,已被添加至上漿組合物 中,以減少磨損。但是,此種有機潤滑劑可能在後續處理 期間造成品質降低,或造成與其他膠漿及基質材料成份之 -4- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) > > - I - In--I —訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1228520V. Description of the invention (1) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ^ Generally & 'The present invention is a reinforced laminate for circuit boards, and more specifically, it contains It is a laminate of waste glass fiber < woven fabric, which has the property of being able to be laminated with a substrate tree coating and providing modified drilling properties in the laminate. -The invention of the back rabbit circuit board is typically a laminated layer made of a resin impregnated fabric, which is composed of reinforcing fibers, such as glass fiber, which provides dimensional stability to the board to maintain the load on it. Circuit integrity. The formation of holes in the laminate is achieved by passing iron holes through the laminate or carrier layer to interconnect circuits placed along different planes of the laminate. It has been found that the hardness of the glass fiber in the laminate and the heat generated during the drilling operation can accelerate the wear of the drill cone. As a result, the drill cone will drill fewer holes and have a shorter overall usable tool life before the drill is replaced and / or the drill tip is resharpened.In addition, it has been found that accelerated drill point wear will also occur The accuracy of the location of the shadow hole, and especially the exit end of the hole drilled through the laminate. Typically, the glass fiber surfaces of such reinforced fabrics forming a laminate are coated in a fiber forming process with a sizing composition to protect the fibers from abrasion during subsequent processing. For example, starch and oil-based sizing compositions are used to protect the fibers from abrasion between the filaments and equipment during fabric weaving, and abrasion can promote fiber breakage. Organic lubricants, such as alkylimidazolin derivatives and amidine substituted polyethyleneimines, have been added to the sizing composition to reduce wear. However, this organic lubricant may cause quality degradation during subsequent processing, or cause problems with other glues and matrix materials. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) > >-I-In--I —Order --------- Line (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 1228520

五、發明說明(2) 不期望副反應。此外,許多常用之上聚成份可能會不利地 影嚮玻璃纖維與層合基質材料間之黏著性,例如澱粉,其 經常在纺織品膠漿中作爲成膜劑使用,其通常不能與層合 樹脂基質材料相容。以避免破璃纖維與基質材料間之不相 容性,此塗層或上漿組合物典型上係在層合之前,自織造 布塊移除,其方式是使膠漿成份熱分解(熱處理或脱油)或 以水或其他溶液洗滌。一種習用熱清除方法,係涉及將布 塊在380Ό下加熱60-80小時。然後,將已清除之布塊以矽烷 偶合劑再塗覆,以改良玻璃纖維與基質樹脂間之黏著性。 玻璃纖維之強度,且更特別是層合物之撓曲強度,可能 因此等熱清除方法而大爲降低。高矽石含量玻璃纖維,譬 如D-玻璃、S-玻璃及Q-玻璃,由於強度損失與變色,故其 熱清除是特別不期望的。 在複合物或層合物中作爲強化物使用之前,需要熱或水 清理之玻璃纖維用之許多塗層組合物,係揭示於此項技藝 中。日本專利申請案編號9_2〇8,268揭示一種布塊,其具有 製自玻璃纖維之紗線,此玻璃纖維係於紡絲後立即塗覆澱 粉或合成樹脂’及0.001 _ 20·0重量百分比之無機粒子,譬如 膠悲石夕石、碳酸15、高嶺土及滑石。在層合物形成之前, 需要熱或水脱油。 美國專利5,286,562揭示一種供濾網產物用之紡織股線,其 可在噴氣織機上織造,具有至少45重量百分比蠟、潤滑劑 、聚乙晞基四氫吡咯酮及有機矽烷偶合劑之塗層。美國專 利5,038,555揭示一種供濾網產物用之玻璃纖維加捻束,其 -5- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)5. Description of the invention (2) Side reactions are not expected. In addition, many commonly used polymer ingredients may adversely affect the adhesion between glass fibers and laminated matrix materials, such as starch, which is often used as a film-forming agent in textile cements, which is generally not compatible with laminated resins. The matrix material is compatible. To avoid incompatibility between the glass-breaking fibers and the matrix material, the coating or sizing composition is typically removed from the woven cloth before lamination by thermally decomposing the glue components (heat treatment or Deoiled) or washed with water or other solution. A conventional heat removal method involves heating a cloth at 380 ° F for 60-80 hours. Then, the cleaned cloth was recoated with a silane coupling agent to improve the adhesion between the glass fiber and the matrix resin. The strength of glass fibers, and more particularly the flexural strength of the laminate, may be greatly reduced due to isothermal removal methods. Glass fibers with high silica content, such as D-glass, S-glass, and Q-glass, are particularly undesirable for heat removal due to strength loss and discoloration. Many coating compositions for glass fibers that require heat or water cleaning prior to use as a reinforcement in a composite or laminate are disclosed in this art. Japanese Patent Application No. 9_2〇8,268 discloses a cloth block having yarns made of glass fibers, which are coated with starch or synthetic resin immediately after spinning 'and 0.001_20 · 0 weight percent of inorganic particles , Such as Jiao Beishi Xi Shi, carbonic acid 15, kaolin and talc. Before the laminate is formed, heat or water degreasing is required. U.S. Patent 5,286,562 discloses a textile strand for a screen product that can be woven on an air-jet loom and has a coating of at least 45 weight percent wax, lubricant, polyethylenetetrahydropyrrolidone, and an organosilane coupling agent. U.S. Patent No. 5,038,555 discloses a twisted bundle of glass fibers for use in filter products. The size of this paper is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm). (Please read the notes on the back before filling out (This page)

I228520 A7 B7 $、發明說明(3 ) 係塗覆一種含水化學處理組合物,其具有環氧樹脂成膜劑 、乳化劑、潤滑劑、有機官能性金屬偶合劑、聚乙烯基四 氫p比p各酮、聚乙晞及水。 爲避免熱清理玻璃纖維布,曰本專利申請案編號8_119,682 揭示一種供玻璃纖維用之一次上漿劑,其含有水溶性環氧 樹脂並具有pH値爲5.5至7.5,其有助於以水移除膠漿。同 樣地,美國專利5,236,777揭示製造用以強化樹脂之破璃布 之方法,其方式是以一種一次膠漿塗覆玻璃紗線,此膠漿 具有至少一種水溶性成膜劑,選自包括胺改質之環氧樹脂 、添加ϊ衣乳乙坑之J展氧樹脂及添加環氧乙貌之雙驗A,砂 烷偶合劑及潤滑劑,水洗此紗線,以降低此一次膠裝之量 至低於0·25重量百分比LOI,及以二次上漿劑處理。日本專 利申請案編號9-268,034揭示供未加擒玻璃纖維紗線用之黏 合劑,其包含水溶性胺基甲酸酯化合物及/或經由與多声 醇之加成反應而改質之水溶性環氧產物。 美國專利4,933,381揭示一種玻璃纖維用之樹脂可相容之 漿組合物,其含有環氧樹脂成膜劑、非離子性潤滑劑 離子性潤滑劑、矽烷偶合劑,及酸,譬如醋酸或檸檬酸。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 曰本專利申請案編號8-325,950揭示一種玻璃纖維上漿劑, 其包含作爲必要成份之聚乙烯基四氫吡咯酮、水溶性^氧 樹脂胺加成產物及矽烷偶合劑,其不需要自最後完衣氧 璃布上熱移除。 70 〈破 曰本專利申請案編號7-102,483揭示破璃纖維用之經吵二心 上漿劑,用以織造玻璃布,其不需要熱油移除。此經:: 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1228520 Α7 Β7 五、發明說明(4) 次上漿劑主要係由聚乙烯基四氫吡咯酮所組成,且含有添 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 加劑,譬如高分子量聚氧化乙烯。可加入水溶性環氧樹脂 作爲黏結成份。 一種用以抑制玻璃纖維磨損之惰性潤滑劑,其在加工處 理期間不會少許地使品質降低,改良併入該玻璃纖維之層 合物之鑽孔性質,且可與聚合體基質材料相容,係爲所期 望的。但是,無機材料之使用,主要係集中在用以修改複 合物一般物理特性之填料,而非改良強化纖維之耐磨特性 0 美國專利4,869,954揭示一種薄片狀、導熱性材料,製自胺 基甲酸酯黏合劑、熟化劑及導熱性填料,譬如氧化銘、氮 化鋁、氮化硼、氧化鎂及氧化鋅,以及各種金屬(參閱第2 攔第62-65行’及第4攔第3-10行)。可將一或多層載體材料 ,譬如玻璃纖維布,加入導熱性材料中。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 美國專利3,312,569揭示使氧化鋁粒子黏附至玻璃纖維之表 面,而如前文所討論之日本專利申請案編號9_2〇8,268,係 揭示一種布塊,其具有製自玻璃纖維之紗線,此玻璃纖維 係在紡絲後立即塗覆澱粉或合成樹脂及無機粒子,譬如膠 態石夕石、破酸鈣、高嶺土及滑石,以在複合物形成期間, 改良樹脂在玻璃強化纖維間之浸透。但是,氧化銘與秒石 之莫氏(Mohs)硬度値,係個別大於約9與約7ι,其可能造成 較柔軟玻璃纖維之磨損。 1參閱R. Weast (編著),與物理手册、CRC出版社(1975) « π ”百只 R馳等人(編著),碰與(1987),第28頁,其係併;,|本2^士參$ -7- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) !228520 A7 B7 五、發明說明(5 吴國專利5,54⑽揭示-種用以強化熱塑性或熱固性複合 物〈纖維,其係藉由蒸氣沈積或電漿方法,塗覆單層超微 細材料,譬如無機氧化物、氮化物、碳化物、爛化物、金 屬及其組口,其具有平均粒子直徑爲〇⑻5_丨微米。有限命 ==考量,使得在玻璃纖維製造軸套下,利用蒸氣: 考貝或電漿方法不實用。 蘇維埃聯邦專利859400揭示—種用以製造玻璃纖維布層 合物之浸潰組合物,此組合物含有酚-甲醛樹脂之醇性溶 液^、公、—硫化_、聚乙埽醇縮丁酸及界面活性劑。揮 發性醇性溶劑並非是玻璃纖維製造應用上所想要的。 訂 線 美國專利5,217,778揭示-種乾離合器貼邊,其包含玻璃纖 維、金屬絲及聚丙烯腈纖維之複合紗線,該聚丙烯腈纖維 係浸潰且塗覆-種可熱熟化之膠合劑或黏合劑系統。該黏 ^劑可包含摩擦粒子,譬如碳黑、石墨、金屬氧化物、硫 酸先、♦酸銘、經磨碎橡膠粒子、經磨碎有機樹脂、經聚 口心腰果油、黏土、矽石或冰晶石(參閲第2搁第分·的行) ’以修改複合物之摩擦特性。 仍需要破璃纖維用之潤滑塗層,其可與多種聚合體基質 材料相;^降低鑽孔尖磨耗,及改良所鑽孔洞之位置準確 度:此外’若此塗層亦可與現代噴氣織造設備相容以增加 生產率’則其特別有利。 曼明摘述 本發明方面爲一種供電子載體用之預片,此預片包 含:⑻聚合體基質材料;與(b)織物,其包括含玻璃纖維之 1228520 A7I228520 A7 B7 $, description of invention (3) is coated with an aqueous chemical treatment composition, which has an epoxy resin film-forming agent, an emulsifier, a lubricant, an organic functional metal coupling agent, a polyvinyl tetrahydrogen p ratio p Each ketone, polyethylene glycol, and water. In order to avoid thermal cleaning of glass fiber cloth, Japanese Patent Application No. 8_119,682 discloses a one-time sizing agent for glass fiber, which contains a water-soluble epoxy resin and has a pH of 5.5 to 7.5, which helps to Remove glue with water. Similarly, U.S. Patent No. 5,236,777 discloses a method for manufacturing a glass-breaking cloth for reinforcing a resin by coating glass yarn with a primary mastic having at least one water-soluble film-forming agent selected from the group consisting of amine modified High-quality epoxy resin, J-oxygen resin added with lacquered milk, double test A with epoxy resin appearance, sarane coupling agent and lubricant, wash the yarn with water to reduce the amount of this one time Below 0.25 weight percent LOI, and treated with a secondary sizing agent. Japanese Patent Application No. 9-268,034 discloses a binder for non-captured glass fiber yarns, which contains a water-soluble urethane compound and / or water-solubility modified by an addition reaction with a polyhydric alcohol. Epoxy products. U.S. Patent 4,933,381 discloses a resin-compatible slurry composition for glass fibers containing an epoxy film former, a nonionic lubricant, an ionic lubricant, a silane coupling agent, and an acid, such as acetic acid or citric acid. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the notes on the back before filling this page). This patent application number 8-325,950 discloses a glass fiber sizing agent, which contains polyethylene-based Hydropyrrolidone, water-soluble oxyresin amine addition product, and silane coupling agent do not need to be removed by heat from the finished oxyglass cloth. 70 <Broken This patent application No. 7-102,483 discloses a noisy sizing agent for glass-breaking fibers used to weave glass cloth, which does not require removal of hot oil. This paper :: This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1228520 A7 B7 5. Description of the invention (4) The secondary sizing agent is mainly composed of polyvinyl tetrahydropyrrolidone. It also contains additives (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) additives, such as high molecular weight polyethylene oxide. Water-soluble epoxy resin can be added as a bonding ingredient. An inert lubricant for suppressing the abrasion of glass fibers, which does not slightly reduce the quality during processing, improves the drilling properties of the laminate incorporated into the glass fibers, and is compatible with polymer matrix materials, The system is as expected. However, the use of inorganic materials is mainly focused on fillers that modify the general physical properties of the composite, rather than improving the abrasion resistance of the reinforcing fibers. 0 US Patent 4,869,954 discloses a sheet-like, thermally conductive material made from amino formic acid. Ester binders, curing agents, and thermally conductive fillers such as oxide oxides, aluminum nitride, boron nitride, magnesium oxide, and zinc oxide, and various metals (see lines 2 to 62-65 'and 4 to 3- 10 lines). One or more layers of carrier material, such as fiberglass cloth, can be added to the thermally conductive material. The United States Patent No. 3,312,569 printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economics discloses that alumina particles are adhered to the surface of glass fiber, and Japanese Patent Application No. 9_2008,268, as discussed earlier, discloses a cloth having Yarn of glass fiber. This glass fiber is coated with starch or synthetic resin and inorganic particles, such as colloidal stone stone, calcium carbonate, kaolin and talc, immediately after spinning, in order to improve the resin during the formation of the composite. Permeation between glass reinforced fibers. However, the Mohs hardness of oxidized metal and spar is 値, which are individually greater than about 9 and about 7m, which may cause wear of softer glass fibers. 1 See R. Weast (ed.), Handbook of Physics, CRC Press (1975) «π" Hundred R. Chi et al. (Ed.), Run (1987), p. 28, its merging ;, | Ben 2 ^ Shishen $ -7- This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm)! 228520 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (5 Wu Guo Patent 5,54⑽ Revealed-a kind to strengthen thermoplasticity or Thermosetting composites <fibers, which are coated with a single layer of ultrafine materials, such as inorganic oxides, nitrides, carbides, rotten compounds, metals and their groups by vapor deposition or plasma, which have an average particle diameter It is 〇 5 5 丨 micron. Finite life == consideration, making use of steam under the glass fiber manufacturing sleeve: Cobb or plasma method is not practical. Soviet Federal Patent 859400 discloses a kind of fiberglass cloth laminate An impregnating composition containing an alcoholic solution of a phenol-formaldehyde resin, a sulfide, a polybutyric acid, and a surfactant. The volatile alcoholic solvent is not used in the manufacture of glass fibers. Desired. US Patent 5,217,778 Reveals- A dry clutch edging comprising glass fiber, metal wire and polyacrylonitrile fiber composite yarn, the polyacrylonitrile fiber is impregnated and coated-a heat-curable cement or adhesive system. The adhesive May contain friction particles such as carbon black, graphite, metal oxides, sulfuric acid, acid salt, milled rubber particles, milled organic resin, polymerized cashew oil, clay, silica, or cryolite (see (See the second line and the second line.) 'To modify the friction characteristics of the composite. A lubricating coating for broken glass fibers is still needed, which can be compatible with a variety of polymer matrix materials; Location accuracy of the drilled hole: In addition, it is particularly advantageous if the coating is also compatible with modern air-jet weaving equipment to increase productivity. Manmin summarizes the aspect of the present invention as a pre-film for an electron carrier. The pre-sheet contains: ⑻ polymer matrix material; and (b) a fabric comprising 1228520 A7 containing glass fibers

I I . 訂 ί !22852〇I I. Order ί! 22852〇

五、 發明說明( 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製V. Description of the Invention (Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

圖5爲根據本發明電子载體之橫截面圖; 圖6爲在電子载體之一層織物中形成小孔之方法示意圖 圖7爲説明主要切割邊緣之鑽孔機端視圖。 圖8爲鑽孔圖樣之示意圖。 發明詳述 本發明之層合物係以包含經塗覆纖維股線之織物,且幸i 佳爲包含經塗覆玻璃纖維股線之織造織物強化,其可提你 具有低熱膨脹係數、良好撓曲強度、熱安定性、水解安哀 性、於南漏度反應性酸與鹼存在下之低腐蝕與反應性之肩 合物。此經塗覆之玻璃纖維股線,可與多種聚合體基質和 料相谷,其可免除在層合之前對於熱或水清理璃纖維織勒 之需求。 本發明層合物之另一個重要優點是其顯示經改良之可領 孔性,思即降低之鑽孔尖磨耗及/或經改良之鑽孔位置準 確度,尤其是當使用此層合物作爲電子载體時。於本文中 使用之”電子載體&quot;一詞,係意謂一種以機械方式支撑及/ 或以電方式使元件互連之結構,該元件包括但不限於主動 電子組件、被動電子組件、印刷電路、積體電路、半導體 裝置及與此種元件有關聯之其他硬體,譬如但不限於連接 器、套筒、保持夾及散熱體。 、 本發明層合物之另一項優點’是其可製自適用於喷氣織 造方法之纖維股線。於本文中使用之&quot;噴氣織造&quot;係音邮一 種織物織造型式,丨中係藉由來自一或多個噴絲頭::陣 愿縮空氣’將緯紗(緯線)插入梭口中。 -10- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) --------_ 訂··-------線 « 122852〇Fig. 5 is a cross-sectional view of an electron carrier according to the present invention; Fig. 6 is a schematic view of a method for forming small holes in a layer of fabric of an electron carrier; Fig. 7 is an end view of a drilling machine illustrating a main cutting edge. Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of a drilling pattern. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION The laminate of the present invention is a fabric comprising coated fiber strands, and fortunately it is preferably a woven fabric comprising coated glass fiber strands, which can provide you with a low coefficient of thermal expansion and good deflection. A shoulder compound of strength, thermal stability, hydrolytic stability, low corrosion and reactivity in the presence of reactive acids and bases. This coated glass fiber strand is compatible with a variety of polymer matrices and materials, which eliminates the need for heat or water to clean the glass fiber weave before lamination. Another important advantage of the laminate of the present invention is that it shows improved collarability, reduced drill point wear and / or improved drill position accuracy, especially when using this laminate as Electron carrier. The term "electronic carrier" as used herein means a structure that mechanically supports and / or electrically interconnects components including, but not limited to, active electronic components, passive electronic components, and printed circuits. Integrated circuits, semiconductor devices, and other hardware associated with such components, such as but not limited to connectors, sleeves, retaining clips, and heat sinks. Another advantage of the laminate of the present invention is that it can Manufactured from fiber strands suitable for air-jet weaving methods. "Air-jet weaving" used in this article is a type of fabric weaving, which is made by one or more spinnerets :: 'Insert the weft yarn (weft thread) into the shed. -10- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) ----- ---_ Order ·· ------- line «122852〇

現在參考附圖,其中整 iiHi m .m 丁&lt;頸似數字係表示類似天 午,圖1顯示根據本發明之層合物10。層合物1〇 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁&gt; 體基質材料12(詳細討論於下文),其係藉由強化織物^ 仃強化。織物14可爲經織造或非織造之織物,嬖 ;針織織物或蓆,藉由任何適當針織、織造或蓆製造方1 形成]織物Μ較佳爲藉由噴氣織造方法形成之織造 其係爲熟諳此藝者所習知。層合物10亦可爲單向層合物, 其中在各層織物中之大部份纖維、紗線或股線係=旧 向延伸。 Α 典型上,一個層合物係包含多個預片,其中各預片係飼 入織物14及部份熟化之聚合體基質12,如將在後文更詳知 討論者。在層合物中之預片數目,其範園可爲一至約4〇 = 在附圖中爲清楚起見,只有一個預片顯示於層合物1〇中。 現在參考圖2與3,織物14係包含一或多個經塗覆之纖雄 股線16。於本文中使用之”股線”一詞,係意謂許多個別_ 維。”纖維”一詞係意謂個別纖絲。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 玻璃纖維18可製自熟諳此藝者所已知之任何型式之可繃 維化破璃組合物,包括製自可纖維化玻璃組合物者,譬如 Ε-玻璃π、”Α-玻璃π、”〇玻璃’’、”d_玻璃”、&quot;q_玻璃,,、 •’R-玻璃’’、,’S-玻璃”及E-玻璃衍生物。於本文中使用之,,可 纖維化” 一詞,係意謂一種能夠被製成大致上連續纖維、 股線或紗線之材料。於本文中使用之,,E•玻璃衍生物”一詞 ’係意謂包含少量氟及/或硼,且較佳爲不含氟及/或不 含硼之玻璃組合物。再者,於本文中使用時,較少係意謂 -11 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1228520 A7 五、發明說明(9 ) 低於約1重量百分t卜备 盘始从』丨 亂’及低於約5重量百分比硼。玄武岩 與石棉材料,佴武i m、, (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) &gt; ^ ’、’、、用於本發明之其他可纖維化玻璃材料 錄二札父佳玻璃纖維係製自E_玻璃或E玻璃衍生物。此 馳::係爲熟諳此藝者所習知,而黎於本發明之揭示内 、 — &quot;战^疋不必要的。本發明之玻璃纖維可 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 /、技衣中已知用以形成玻璃纖維之任何適當方法製成 例^破璃纖維可在直接熔體纖維形成操作中,或在間 接或彈子體纖維形成操作中形成。在直接溶體纖維形成 操:中’係將原料在破璃溶解爐中合併、溶解及均化。溶 U璃係k咸爐子移動至前爐,並進人纖維形成裝置中 於八中使熔融悲破璃變細成爲連續玻璃纖維。在彈子熔 體玻瑪形成操作中,係預先形成具有最後所要玻璃組成之 玻璃碎片或彈子,並將其餵入軸套中,於其中使其熔解, 並變細成爲連續玻璃纖維。若使用預熔解器,則首先將彈 子餵入預熔解器中,熔解,然後將已熔解之玻璃餵入纖維 形成裝置中,於其中使玻璃變細以形成連續纖維。於本發 明中’玻璃纖維較佳係藉由直接熔體纖維形成操作製成。 關於玻璃組合物及形成玻璃纖維方法之其他訊息,可參閱 K. Loewenstein,玫璃纖維製造技術.(第 3 版,1993),第 30-44, 47-60, 115-122 及 126-135 頁,美國專利 4,542,106 與 5,789,329,及 IPC-EG- 140 ”由&quot;E”玻璃織造之最後完成織物供印刷電路板用之規格 '第1頁,互連與封裝電路學會之出版物(1997年6月),其係 併於本文供參考。 此等玻璃纖維可具有額定纖絲直徑範圍,從約3.0至約 -12- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1228520 A7 _____B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明(10) 35.0微米(相應於上文B至U之纖絲名稱),且較佳係具有額 定纖絲直徑範圍從約5.0至約30.0微米。對微細紗線應用而 言,其平均額定纖絲直徑較佳係在約5至約7微米之範圍内 。每股線之纖維數目,其範圍可從約2至約15,〇〇〇,且較佳 爲約100至約7000。關於額定纖絲直徑及玻璃纖維名稱之進 一步訊息,可參閱Loewenstein第25與27頁,其係併於本文供 參考。 除了玻璃纖維以外,經塗覆之纖維股線16可進一步包含 製自其他可纖維化無機材料、可纖維化有機材料及其混合 物與組合之纖維20。此等無機與有機材料可爲人造或天然 生成之材料。熟諳此藝者應明瞭的是,該可纖維化無機盥 有機材料亦可爲聚合體材料。於本文中使用之&quot;聚合材料” 一词,係意謂製自由長鏈原子所組成之巨分子之材料,兮 巨分子係連接在一起,並可在溶液中或在固態中變成糾:2 〇 適當非玻璃可纖維化無機材料之非限制性實例, 堯材料,譬如碳切、碳、石墨、富銘紅柱石 材料。適當可纖維化有機材料之非限制性實例, 包括棉化、纖維素、天然橡膠、亞麻、其 、 及羊毛。適當可纖維化有機聚合體材料之非限:奋瓊麻 包括製自聚醯胺(譬如尼龍與芳族聚 Υ κ例, 座如暫料公 m A 知)熱塑性聚酯( 吕如I對苯二甲鉍乙二酯與聚對苯二 (--~--- '』~酯)、丙烯 2 Jan^s M^rk等人,差機聚合體,Prentice Hall聚合體科與 禾1頁,其併於本文供參考。 科學與工程系列書籍(1992) _ &quot; 13 - 本紙張尺錢财國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(21〇 x 297公爱「 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -------- 訂--------線 «Referring now to the drawings, in which the entire iiHi m .m D &lt; neck-like numerals indicate similar noon, FIG. 1 shows a laminate 10 according to the present invention. Laminate 10 (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page)> Matrix Substrate Material 12 (discussed in more detail below), which is reinforced with reinforced fabric ^ 仃. Fabric 14 can be woven or non-woven Fabric, knit; knitted fabric or mat, formed by any suitable knitting, weaving, or mat manufacturer 1] The fabric M is preferably a woven formed by an air-jet weaving method, which is known to those skilled in the art. Laminate 10 can also be a unidirectional laminate, where most of the fibers, yarns or strands in each layer of fabric = the old direction extension. Α Typically, a laminate system contains multiple pre-sheets, each of which The sheet is fed into the fabric 14 and a partially cured polymer matrix 12, as will be discussed in more detail later. The number of pre-sheets in the laminate can range from one to about 40. = in the drawings For clarity, only one pre-show is shown in laminate 10. Now referring to Figs. 2 and 3, fabric 14 comprises one or more coated strands 16. As used herein " The term "strand" means many individual dimensions. The term "fiber" means individual filaments. Economy The printed glass fiber 18 printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau's consumer cooperative can be made from any type of stretchable glass breaking composition known to those skilled in the art, including those made from fiberizable glass compositions, such as E-glass, "A-glass π," 〇glass "," d_glass "," q_glass "," 'R-glass "," S-glass "and E-glass derivatives. In this article The term "fibrillable" is used to mean a material that can be made into substantially continuous fibers, strands, or yarns. As used herein, the term "E · glass derivative" means It is said that it contains a small amount of fluorine and / or boron, and is preferably a glass composition that does not contain fluorine and / or boron. Furthermore, as used herein, less is meant to mean -11-This paper standard applies to China Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1228520 A7 V. Description of the invention (9) Less than about 1% by weight t. The preparation of the plate starts from "Chaos" and less than about 5% by weight of boron. Basalt and Asbestos material, 佴 武 im, (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) &gt; ^ '、 ', Other fiberizable glass materials used in the present invention Lu Erzha Jiajia glass fiber is made from E_glass or E glass derivative. This Chi :: is known to those skilled in the art, and Li Yu The disclosure of the present invention is not necessary. The glass fiber of the present invention can be printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, and any suitable method known to form glass fibers in technical clothing. Example ^ Broken glass fibers can be formed in direct melt fiber formation operations, or indirect or marble fiber formation operations. In direct solution fiber formation operations: Medium, the raw materials are combined, dissolved and Homogenization. The molten U-glass k-salt furnace was moved to the forehearth and entered into a fiber-forming device to make the melted broken glass thin into continuous glass fibers. In the operation of forming a marble melt, a glass shard or marble having a final desired glass composition is formed in advance, and it is fed into a sleeve, where it is melted and thinned into continuous glass fibers. If a pre-melter is used, the pellets are first fed into the pre-melter, melted, and the molten glass is then fed into a fiber forming device where the glass is thinned to form continuous fibers. In the present invention, 'glass fibers are preferably made by a direct melt fiber forming operation. For additional information on glass compositions and methods for forming glass fibers, see K. Loewenstein, Rose fiber manufacturing technology. (3rd ed., 1993), pp. 30-44, 47-60, 115-122, and 126-135 , US Patent Nos. 4,542,106 and 5,789,329, and IPC-EG-140 "Specifications of" finished fabrics woven from &quot; E "for printed circuit boards," page 1, Publication of the Institute of Interconnect and Packaging Circuits (1997 June), which is incorporated herein by reference. These glass fibers can have a nominal filament diameter range from about 3.0 to about -12- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1228520 A7 _____B7 Employee Consumer Cooperatives, Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs V. Description of the invention (10) 35.0 microns (corresponding to the filament names of B to U above), and preferably has a nominal filament diameter ranging from about 5.0 to about 30.0 microns. For fine yarn applications, the average nominal filament diameter is preferably in the range of about 5 to about 7 microns. The number of fibers per strand can range from about 2 to about 15,000, and preferably from about 100 to about 7,000. For further information on nominal filament diameters and glass fiber names, see Loewenstein, pages 25 and 27, which are incorporated herein by reference. In addition to glass fibers, the coated fiber strands 16 may further include fibers 20 made from other fiberizable inorganic materials, fiberizable organic materials, and mixtures and combinations thereof. These inorganic and organic materials can be man-made or naturally occurring materials. It should be clear to those skilled in the art that the fiberizable inorganic toilet organic material may also be a polymer material. The term &quot; polymeric material &quot; as used herein refers to materials that make giant molecules composed of free long-chain atoms. Giant molecules are connected together and can be corrected in solution or in the solid state: 2 〇 Non-limiting examples of suitable non-glass fiberizable inorganic materials, Yao materials, such as carbon cut, carbon, graphite, Fuming andalusite materials. Non-limiting examples of suitable fiberizable organic materials, including cotton, cellulose , Natural rubber, linen, its, and wool. Appropriate fiberizable organic polymer materials are not limited: Fenjong hemp includes self-made polyamines (such as nylon and aromatic polyfluorene) Known) Thermoplastic polyester (Lu Ru I terephthalate bismuth ethylene glycol and polyterephthalate (-~ --- '' '~ ester), propylene 2 Jan ^ s M ^ rk, etc., poor organic polymer , Prentice Hall Aggregate Section and He 1 page, which is incorporated herein by reference. Science and Engineering Series Books (1992) _ &quot; 13-This paper rule is based on the National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21 × 297) Love "(Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) -------- Order ------- -Line «

經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

1228520 五、發明說明(, 酸系樹脂(譬如聚丙烯腈)、聚烯烴、聚胺基甲酸酯及乙烯 基聚口 ( g如聚乙晞醇)。可用於本發明之非玻璃可纖維 化材料及此種纖維之製備與加工方法,係詳細討論於里立 壁第6卷(1967)第5〇5_712頁中,其併於 本文供參考。應明瞭的是,任何上述材料之捧合物或共聚 物及製自任何上述材料之纖維之組合,若需要可使用於 本發明中。 本發明現在係一般性地就玻璃纖維股線進行討論,惟熟 請此藝者明瞭股線16可另外包含一或多種上文所討論之非 玻璃纖維。 雖然不在本發明中作限制,但在圖2中所示織物Μ之具 體實施财,股線16之至少—種域佳爲所有纖維18,係 塗覆一層塗料組合物22,塗敷至纖維18之至少一部份表面 上,以保護纖維表面免於在加工處理期間磨損,及抑制纖 維斷裂。較佳係將塗料組合物塗敷至股線16之各纖維以之 整個外部表面或周園,如圖3中所示。 可用於本發明中之塗料組合物,係以膠漿(較佳)、被塗 敷於膠漿上之二次塗層及/或三次或外部塗層,存在於纖 維上’按需要而定。於本文中使用之”膠漿,,、,,上聚”或,, 上漿劑”術語,係指在纖維形成後立即被塗敷至纖維之重 料虹合物。在一替代具體實施例中,”膠漿”、”上聚”或,, 上漿劑&quot;術語,係另外指在至少一部份,且典型上爲所有 習用一次塗料組合物已藉由熱、水或化學處理而移除後, 被塗敷至纖維之塗料組合物(亦稱爲&quot;整理膠漿&quot;),竟即一 — -14- 本紙張尺度顧中關家標準(CNS)A4規格⑵Q χ 297公髮) * W * ---------------------訂---------線_— (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) _ 1228520 五、發明說明(12) A7 B71228520 V. Description of the invention (Acid resin (such as polyacrylonitrile), polyolefin, polyurethane and vinyl polyglycerol (such as polyethylene glycol). Non-glass fibrillation which can be used in the present invention Materials and methods for the preparation and processing of such fibers are discussed in detail in Li Li Bi Vol. 6 (1967), page 5505_712, which is incorporated herein by reference. It should be understood that any of the above materials Copolymers and combinations of fibers made from any of the above materials can be used in the present invention if necessary. The present invention is now generally discussed in terms of glass fiber strands, but the artist is familiar with the fact that the strands 16 may additionally include One or more of the non-glass fibers discussed above. Although not limited in the present invention, in the specific implementation of the fabric M shown in FIG. 2, at least one of the strands 16-preferably all fibers 18-is coated. Coating a coating composition 22 on at least a part of the surface of the fiber 18 to protect the surface of the fiber from abrasion during processing and to suppress fiber breakage. The coating composition is preferably applied to the strands 16 Each fiber The entire outer surface or perimeter garden, as shown in Figure 3. The coating composition that can be used in the present invention is a glue (preferably), a secondary coating applied to the glue, and / or three or An external coating, present on the fibers, 'as required. As used herein, the terms "sizing ,,,,, and polymerizing" or, "sizing agents" refer to being applied to fibers immediately after fiber formation. Fiber weight iris. In an alternative embodiment, "sizing", "polymerization" or, the term "sizing agent" refers additionally to at least a part, and is typically all conventional Once the coating composition has been removed by heat, water, or chemical treatment, the coating composition (also known as &quot; finishing glue &quot;) applied to the fibers is actually a paper sheet. Gu Zhongguan Family Standard (CNS) A4 specification ⑵Q χ 297 public) * W * --------------------- Order ---------线 _— (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) _ 1228520 V. Description of the invention (12) A7 B7

經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 種鳘理浆液,其係被塗敷至併入織物形今A π 、 1物形式中之裸露玻璃纖 、、隹。一次塗料” 一詞係指在塗敷上漿纟人 水、、且口物,且較佳係經 至少邵份乾燥後,第二次塗敷至—或多俩股線之塗料组人 物。此塗料可在纖維併入織物中之前塗敷至纖維,或可: 纖維併入織物中之後,塗敷至纖維,例 取*列如猎由塗覆織物。 可財本發明之Μ組合物,較佳爲含水塗料組合物 雖然對安全理由而言並非較佳 發性有機溶劑,譬如醇或丙酮 含此種溶劑。 可用於本發明之塗料組合物 ’譬如熱固性材料或熱塑性材料’其可與層合物1〇之聚人 材料12相容,意即塗料組合物之成份有助於基質材 枓在纖維股線上之浸濕及濕透,並在複合 理性質。當塗敷至纖維18表面時,聚人材扛4、± 、田物 ^ 果口材枓較佳係形成大 =連^薄膜。此聚合材料可爲水溶性、可乳化、可分 二/或可熟化。於本文中使用之&quot;可與聚合體基質材料 目谷I措辭,係意謂被塗敷至玻璃纖維之 份,有助於盖質材料在纖維股線上之濕 =供適當物理性質,於化學上可與聚合體基質材二 供艮好水解安定性’意即對於水沿著纖維表面/基 A a 及在將已塗覆纖維併入聚合體 ,貝材科中(則,不需要移除塗料成份(或所選定之塗料 合體基質材料浸透經過廣或織物之程度,係被 私馬濕透,。聚合體基質材料流動經過玫璃纖維股線,以 但此塗料組合物可含有揮 按需要而定,但較佳係不 係包含一或多種聚合材料 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) --------- 訂--------線 «Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, this kind of slurry is applied to bare glass fibers, 隹, and 并, which are incorporated into the fabric form A π and 1. The term "primary coating" refers to a person in the coating group who applies a second coat to—or more than two strands of—after applying sizing, water, and mouthwash, and preferably drying at least a portion. The coating may be applied to the fibers before they are incorporated into the fabric, or they may be applied to the fibers after they are incorporated into the fabric. It is preferred that the aqueous coating composition is not a preferred organic solvent for safety reasons, such as alcohol or acetone. Such coating compositions can be used in the present invention, such as thermosetting materials or thermoplastic materials, which can be laminated The polymer material 12 of the material 10 is compatible, which means that the components of the coating composition help the substrate material to wet and penetrate through the fiber strands, and have composite properties. When applied to the surface of the fiber 18 Poly-human material carrying 4, ±, field material ^ fruit mouth material 枓 preferably formed large = continuous ^ film. This polymer material can be water-soluble, emulsifiable, divisible and / or mature. Used in this article &quot; May be worded with polymer matrix material Meshu I, meaning to be coated The glass fiber content helps wet the covering material on the fiber strands = for proper physical properties, it can be chemically compatible with the polymer matrix material for good hydrolytic stability, which means that for water along the fiber surface / base A a and the incorporation of the coated fibers into the polymer, Shellaceae (then, there is no need to remove the coating components (or the degree of penetration of the selected coating composite matrix material through the fabric or fabric) is wet by private horses The polymer matrix material flows through the rose glass fiber strands, but this coating composition may contain as required, but preferably does not include one or more polymer materials (please read the precautions on the back before filling (This page) --------- Order -------- Line «

本紙張尺度義中關家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公f ) 1228520 A7 B7 五、發明說明(13) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 獲得藉聚合體基質材料基本上完全包覆各玻璃纖維之整個 表面之程度,係被稱爲&quot;浸濕”。 於本發明之一項具體實施例中,被塗敷至纖維18 (其係 被併入層合物10中)之塗料組合物’係包含一或多種聚合 薄膜成形材料,其可與熱固性基質材料相容,譬如用以形 成印刷電路板或印刷線路板(後文個別且總稱爲”電路板”) 之層合物,例如FR-4環氧樹脂,其係爲多官能性環氧樹脂 ,而在本發明之一項特定具體實施例t,係爲雙官能性經 溴化之環氧樹脂,及聚醯亞胺。參閲電子材料手册,ASM國 際(1989)第534_537頁,其係併於本文供參考。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 可使用聚合薄膜成形材料之非限制性實例,包括可與熱 固性基質材料相容之熱塑性聚合材料,譬如熱塑性聚醋、 乙烯基聚合體、聚烯烴、聚醯胺(例如脂族聚醯胺或芳族 聚醯胺,譬如芳族聚醯胺(aramid))、熱塑性聚胺基甲酸酯、 丙烯酸系聚合體及其混合物。熱塑性聚酯之非限制性實例 ,包括 DESMOPHEN 2000 與 DESMOPHEN 2001KS,此兩者可市 購得自 Bayer (Pittsburgh,Pennsylvania),RD-847A 聚酉旨樹脂,其可 市購得自 Borden 化學品公司(Columbus,Ohio),及 DYNAKOLL SI 100樹脂,其可市購得自Eka化學品AB (Sweden)。可使用之聚 酿胺包括VERSAMED產物,其可市購得自General Mills化學品 公司。可使用之熱塑性聚胺基甲酸酯,包括WITCOBOND® W-290H,其可市購得自Witco化學公司(Chicago, Illinois),及 RUCOTHANE®2011L聚胺基甲酸酯乳膠,其可市購得自Ruco 聚合體公司(Hicksville,New York) 〇 -16- ^張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 χ 297公釐) &quot; 1228520 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明(14) 可使用熱固性聚合材料之非限制性實例,包括可與熱固 性基質材料相容之熱固性聚酯、環氧樹脂材料、乙烯基酯 類、酚醛塑料、'胺基塑料、熱固性聚胺基甲酸酯及其混合 物。適當熱固性聚酯可包括STYPOL聚酯,其可市購得自 Cook 複合物與聚合體公司(Port Washington,Wisconsin),與 NEOXIL 聚酯,其可市購得自 DSMB.V. (Como, Italy)。 可使用之環氧樹脂材料,係含有至少一個環氧基或環氧 乙燒基在分子中,譬如多輕醇類或硫醇之多縮水甘油基醚 類。適當環氧基聚合體之實例,包括EPON® 826與EPON® 880 環氧樹脂,其係爲雙酚A之環氧基官能性多縮水甘油基醚 類,可市購得自Shell化學公司(Houston,Texas)。在塗料組合 物之一項具體實施例中,此塗料組合物基本上係不含環氧 基材料,意即包含低於約5重量百分比之環氧基材料,且 更佳係低於約2重量百分比。 在塗料組合物之一項非限制性具體實施例中,此塗料組 合物係包含一或多種聚酯(例如DESMOPHEN 2000與RD-847A) ,及一或多種其他成膜聚合體,選自包括乙烯基四氫吡咯 酮聚合體(較佳)、乙烯醇聚合體及/或澱粉。可用於本發 明之乙烯基四氫吡咯酮聚合體,包括聚乙烯基四氫外(:咯酮 ,譬如 PVP K-15、PVP K-30、PVP K-60 及 PVP K-90,其每一個 可市購得自ISP化學品公司(Wayne,New Jersey)。其他適當乙 烯基聚合體,包括Resyn 2828與Resyn 1037醋酸乙烯酯共聚物 乳化液,其可市購得自National澱粉與化學公司(Bridgewater, New Jersey)。可使用之澱粉包括製自馬铃薯、玉蜀黍、小麥 -17- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ,‘ -Γ · -ϋ ϋ 11 a— 1 11 1 , i·— ϋ— 1 mtmm Mmmmmm —Hi · 線 « 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) A7 1228520 B7 五、發明說明(15) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、躐質玉米、西穀米、稻米、高梁及其混合物者,譬如 KOLLOTEX 1250 (低黏度、低溶膠澱粉馬鈐薯爲基料之澱粉 ,以環氧乙烷醚化),其可市購得自荷蘭AVEBE。其他聚合 體之量較佳係低於約20重量百分比,且更佳範圍爲約0.1至 約5重量百分比。此塗料組合物較佳係基本上不含澱粉, 意即含有低於約5重量百分比之澱粉,且更佳爲不含澱粉 ,其通常與基質材料不相容。 線: 此塗料組合物可包含一或多種熱固性聚合材料與一或多 種熱塑性聚合材料之混合物。在電路板用之層合物之一項 具體實施例中,塗料組合物之聚合材料係包括RD-847A聚酯 樹脂或DYNAKOLL SI100樹脂、PVP K-30聚乙烯基四氫吡咯酮 、DESMOPHEN 2000聚酯與VERSAMID聚醯胺之混合物。在適 合印刷電路板用之層合物之一項替代具體實施例中,含水 上漿組合物之聚合材料係包括PVP K-30聚乙烯基四氫吡咯 酮,視情況併用EPON 826環氧樹脂。 一般而言,聚合材料之量,以總固體爲基準,其範圍可 爲塗料組合物之約1至約90重量百分比,較佳爲約1至約80 重量百分比。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 除了上文所討論之聚合材料以外,或代替之,此塗料組 合物較佳係包含一或多種偶合劑,譬如有機碎燒偶合劑、 過渡金屬偶合劑、膦酸鹽偶合劑、鋁偶合劑、含胺基之 Wemer偶合劑及其混合物。此等偶合劑典型上具有雙重官 能基度。各金屬或矽原子已於其上連接一或多個基團,此 等基團可與纖維表面及/或聚合體基質之成份反應或使其 __18__ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1228520 A7 ________ B7_____ 五、發明說明(16) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 相容。於本文中使用之”使相容”一詞,係意謂該基團係以 化學方式被吸引至纖維表面及/或塗料組合物之成份,例 如藉由極性、潤濕或溶劑化合力。在一非限制性具體實施 例中,各金屬或矽原子已於其上連接一或多個可水解基團 ,其允許偶合劑與玻璃纖維表面反應,及一或多個官能基 ’其允許偶合劑與聚合體基質之成份反應。可水解基團之 實例包括: 〇 Η Ο R3The standard of this paper is CNS A4 specification (210 X 297 male f) 1228520 A7 B7 V. Description of invention (13) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Obtain the basic of borrowing polymer matrix materials The extent to which the entire surface of each glass fiber is completely covered is referred to as &quot; wetting. &Quot; In a specific embodiment of the present invention, it is applied to fiber 18 (which is incorporated into laminate 10). (Middle) A coating composition 'includes one or more polymeric film-forming materials that are compatible with a thermosetting matrix material, such as those used to form a printed circuit board or a printed wiring board (hereinafter referred to individually and collectively as "circuit boards"). Laminates, such as FR-4 epoxy resin, are polyfunctional epoxy resins, and in a specific embodiment t of the present invention, they are bifunctional brominated epoxy resins, and polymer Phenyl imine. See the Electronic Materials Handbook, ASM International (1989) at 534_537, which is incorporated herein by reference. Non-limiting examples of polymer film forming materials printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, including Thermosetting Material compatible thermoplastic polymer materials, such as thermoplastic polyacetate, vinyl polymers, polyolefins, polyamides (such as aliphatic polyamides or aromatic polyamides, such as aromatic polyamides, aramid), thermoplastics Polyurethanes, acrylic polymers, and mixtures thereof. Non-limiting examples of thermoplastic polyesters include DESMOPHEN 2000 and DESMOPHEN 2001KS, both of which are commercially available from Bayer (Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania), RD-847A Polymer Resin, which is commercially available from Borden Chemicals (Columbus, Ohio), and DYNAKOLL SI 100 resin, which is commercially available from Eka Chemical AB (Sweden). Polyamines that can be used include VERSAMED products, It is commercially available from General Mills Chemicals. Thermoplastic polyurethanes that can be used include WITCOBOND® W-290H, which is commercially available from Witco Chemical Company (Chicago, Illinois), and RUCOTHANE® 2011L polymer. Urethane latex, which is commercially available from Ruco Polymers Corporation (Hicksville, New York) 〇-16- ^ Zhang applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 x 297 mm) &quot; 1228520 A7B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. Description of the invention (14) Non-limiting examples of thermosetting polymer materials that can be used, including thermosetting polyesters, epoxy materials, vinyl esters that are compatible with thermosetting matrix materials Types, phenolic plastics, amine plastics, thermosetting polyurethanes and mixtures thereof. Suitable thermosetting polyesters may include STYPOL polyester, which is commercially available from Cook Composites and Polymers Corporation (Port Washington, Wisconsin), and NEOXIL polyester, which is commercially available from DSMB.V. (Como, Italy) . The epoxy resin materials that can be used include at least one epoxy group or ethylene oxide group in the molecule, such as polyglycidyl ethers of polyalcohols or thiols. Examples of suitable epoxy-based polymers include EPON® 826 and EPON® 880 epoxy resins, which are epoxy-functional polyglycidyl ethers of bisphenol A and are commercially available from Shell Chemical Company (Houston , Texas). In a specific embodiment of the coating composition, the coating composition is substantially epoxy-free, meaning that it contains less than about 5 weight percent epoxy, and more preferably less than about 2 weight percentage. In a non-limiting embodiment of the coating composition, the coating composition comprises one or more polyesters (such as DESMOPHEN 2000 and RD-847A), and one or more other film-forming polymers selected from the group consisting of ethylene Tetrahydropyrrolidone polymer (preferred), vinyl alcohol polymer and / or starch. Vinyl tetrahydropyrrolidone polymers that can be used in the present invention include polyvinyltetrahydropyrrolidone (: pyrrolidone, such as PVP K-15, PVP K-30, PVP K-60, and PVP K-90, each of which Commercially available from ISP Chemicals Corporation (Wayne, New Jersey). Other suitable vinyl polymers, including Resyn 2828 and Resyn 1037 vinyl acetate copolymer emulsions, are commercially available from National Starch & Chemical Corporation (Bridgewater , New Jersey). Available starches include potatoes, maize, and wheat-17- (please read the notes on the back before filling this page), '-Γ · -ϋ ϋ 11 a— 1 11 1, i · — ϋ— 1 mtmm Mmmmmm —Hi · Line «This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) A7 1228520 B7 V. Description of the invention (15) (Please read the notes on the back first Fill in this page again), corn, sago rice, rice, sorghum and mixtures of them, such as KOLLOTEX 1250 (starch with low viscosity, low sol starch, mochi potato, etherified with ethylene oxide), It is commercially available from AVEBE in the Netherlands. Is less than about 20 weight percent, and more preferably ranges from about 0.1 to about 5 weight percent. The coating composition is preferably substantially starch-free, meaning that it contains less than about 5 weight percent starch, and more preferably Starch-free, which is generally incompatible with matrix materials. Line: This coating composition may include a mixture of one or more thermosetting polymeric materials and one or more thermoplastic polymeric materials. An embodiment of a laminate for use in circuit boards In the example, the polymer material of the coating composition is a mixture of RD-847A polyester resin or DYNAKOLL SI100 resin, PVP K-30 polyvinyl tetrahydropyrrolidone, DESMOPHEN 2000 polyester and VERSAMID polyamide. It is suitable for printed circuits. In an alternative embodiment of the laminate for the board, the polymeric material of the aqueous sizing composition includes PVP K-30 polyvinyltetrahydropyrrolidone, and EPON 826 epoxy resin is used in combination as appropriate. Generally, The amount of polymeric material, based on total solids, can range from about 1 to about 90 weight percent of the coating composition, preferably from about 1 to about 80 weight percent. Employees, Bureau of Intellectual Property, Ministry of Economic Affairs In addition to or instead of the polymeric materials discussed above, this coating composition preferably contains one or more coupling agents, such as organic crushed coupling agents, transition metal coupling agents, phosphonate coupling agents, Aluminum coupling agents, Wemer coupling agents containing amine groups, and mixtures thereof. These coupling agents typically have dual functionalities. Each metal or silicon atom has one or more groups attached to it, and these groups can interact with Fiber surface and / or polymer matrix components react or make it __18__ This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1228520 A7 ________ B7_____ V. Description of the invention (16) (Please read first Note on the back then fill out this page) compatible. The term "compatibility" as used herein means that the group is chemically attracted to the surface of the fiber and / or a component of the coating composition, such as by polarity, wetting, or solvation. In a non-limiting embodiment, each metal or silicon atom has one or more hydrolyzable groups attached thereto, which allows the coupling agent to react with the surface of the glass fiber, and one or more functional groups, which allows coupling The mixture reacts with the components of the polymer matrix. Examples of hydrolyzable groups include: 〇 Η Ο R3

II I II I -OR1, -O-C-R2, -M_C-R2, -〇-N=C-R4, -0-N=CR5,及 1,2-或1,3-二醇之單羥基及/或環狀c2-C3殘基,其中R1爲 心_〇3烷基;112爲11或〇1-0:4烷基;113與114係獨立選自11、〇1-c4烷基或c6-c8芳基;及R5爲c4-c7次烷基。適當促相容或 官能基之實例,包括環氧基、縮水甘油氧基、銃基、氰基 、烯丙基、烷基、胺基甲酸酯基、_基、異氰酸基、脲基 、二氫咪唑基、乙烯基、丙烯酸基、甲基丙烯酸基、胺基 或聚胺基。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 較佳係於本發明中使用官能性有機矽烷偶合劑。可使用 官能性有機矽烷偶合劑之實例,包括r-胺基丙基三烷氧基 碎燒、7&quot;-異來酸基丙基三乙氧基碎坑、乙缔基-二坑氧基 矽烷、縮水甘油氧基丙基三烷氧基矽烷及脲基丙基三烷氧 基矽烷。較佳官能性有機矽烷偶合劑包括A_187 r-縮水甘 油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、A-174 r-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基 三甲氧基矽烷、A-1100 r·胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷矽烷偶合 劑、A_1108胺基矽烷偶合劑及A_1160 r-脲基丙基三乙氧基 _____-19-___ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) I228520 A7 五、發明說明(I7) 夕燒(其母一個可市購件自〇Si特用品公司(Tanyt〇wn,New York) )。有機矽烷偶合劑可在塗敷至纖維之前,以水至少部份 水解’較佳係在約1: 1化學計算比之下,或若需要,則以 未水解形式塗敷。若需要則水之pH値可藉由添加酸或鹼作 修正’以引發或加速偶合劑之水解作用,如此項技藝中所 習知。 適當過渡金屬偶合劑包括鈦、錐、釔及鉻偶合劑。適當 鈦酸鹽偶合劑與锆酸鹽偶合劑,可市購得自Kemich石油化 學公司。適當鉻錯合物可市購得自E I duP〇nt deNem〇urs (Wilmington,Delaware)。含胺基之Wemer型偶合劑爲錯合化合 物,其中三價核原子,譬如鉻,係與具有胺基官能基之有 機酸配位。熟諳此藝者已知之其他金屬螯合物與配位物類 型之偶合劑,亦可使用於此處。 偶合劑之量,以總固體爲基準,其範園可爲塗料組合物 之約1至約30重量百分比,且較佳爲約!至約1〇重量百分比 {請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -------1 訂--------線 經 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 員 工 消 費 合 作 社 印 製 雖然在本發明中並無限制,但在圖3中所示塗料組合物 I具體實施例中,本發明之塗料組合物係包含一或多種粒 子24,當其被塗敷至股線16之至少一支纖維以時,會黏附 至纖維18之外部表面,並在股線16之相鄰玻璃纖維%、28 之間,提供一或多個間隙空間30。此等間隙空間3〇大致上 係相當於置於相鄰纖維間之粒子24之平均大小32。 此塗料組合物之粒子24,較佳係爲離散粒子。於本文中 使用之離散一闲,係意謂此等粒子在加工處理條件下, « -20 - 1228520 A7 五、 發明說明(18) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 消 費 合 作 社 印 製 ’又有聚結或結合而形成薄膜之傾向’反而是大致上保持其 個別形狀或形式。此外,此等粒子較佳係爲尺寸上安定的 。於本文中使用之”尺寸安定粒子”一詞,係意謂粒子在加 工處理條件下’譬如在織造、粗纺及其他加工處理操作期 間’於相鄰纖維間產生之力,大致上保持其平均粒子大小 與形狀,以在相鄰纖維26、28之間保持所要之間隙空間。 換之,在典型玻璃纖維加工處理條件下,譬如曝露至严 度高達約25°C,且較佳爲高達約100。(:,且更佳爲高達約14〇 °C,此等粒子較佳係不會在塗料組合物中捏碎、溶解或實 質上變形而形成具有最大尺寸低於其所選擇平均粒子大小 之粒子。此外,在玻璃纖維加工處理條件下,且更特別是 在複合物加工處理條件下,其中加工處理溫度可能超過 °C,粒子24於尺寸上不應實質上擴大或膨脹。於本文中使 用時,指稱粒子之”於尺寸上不應實質上擴大”之措辭,係 意謂粒子在加工處理期間,於尺寸上不應膨脹或增加至超 過其最初大小之約3倍。本發明之塗料組合物,較佳係基 本上不含熱可膨脹中空粒子。於本文中使用之&quot;熱可膨月1 中空粒子”一詞,係意謂充填或含有發泡劑之中空粒子, 其當曝露至足以使發泡劑揮發之溫度時,於尺寸上會膨脹 或實質上擴大。於本文中使用之”基本上不含”一詞,係音 謂上漿組合物包含低於約20重量百分比之熱可膨脹中空= 子,以總固體爲基準,更佳係低於約5重量百分比,且曰 佳係低於0.001重量百分比。再者,於本文中使用之,,尺寸 上安定&quot;一詞,係包括結晶性與非結晶性材料。 、 -21 1228520 A7 B7 五、發明說明(19) 此外,雖然並不需要,但粒子24較佳係爲非蠟狀。”非 蠟狀’’ 一詞係意謂用以形成此等粒子之材料,爲非蠟狀。 於本文中使用之”蠟狀” 一詞,係意謂主要由未纏結烴鏈所II I II I -OR1, -OC-R2, -M_C-R2, -〇-N = C-R4, -0-N = CR5, and monohydroxyl of 1,2- or 1,3-diol and / Or cyclic c2-C3 residues, where R1 is a heart_〇3 alkyl; 112 is 11 or 〇1-0: 4 alkyl; 113 and 114 are independently selected from 11, 01-c4 alkyl or c6- c8 aryl; and R5 is c4-c7 alkylidene. Examples of suitable compatibility-promoting or functional groups include epoxy, glycidyloxy, fluorenyl, cyano, allyl, alkyl, urethane, phenyl, isocyanate, ureido , Dihydroimidazolyl, vinyl, acrylic, methacrylic, amine, or polyamine. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs is preferably a functional organic silane coupling agent used in the present invention. Examples of functional organosilane coupling agents that can be used include r-aminopropyltrialkoxy crushing, 7 &quot; -iso-isopropylpropyltriethoxy crushing, ethylene-dipitoxysilane , Glycidyloxypropyltrialkoxysilane and ureidopropyltrialkoxysilane. Preferred functional organosilane coupling agents include A-187 r-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, A-174 r-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, A-1100 r · aminopropyl Triethoxysilane silane coupling agent, A_1108 amine silane coupling agent and A_1160 r-ureidopropyltriethoxy _____- 19 -___ This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297) Ii) I228520 A7 V. Description of the invention (I7) Xiyao (one of its mothers is commercially available from OSi Special Supplies Company (Tanytwn, New York)). The organosilane coupling agent may be at least partially hydrolyzed with water before being applied to the fiber, preferably at a stoichiometric ratio of about 1: 1, or, if necessary, in an unhydrolyzed form. If necessary, the pH of the water can be modified by adding an acid or alkali to initiate or accelerate the hydrolysis of the coupling agent, as is known in the art. Suitable transition metal coupling agents include titanium, cone, yttrium, and chromium coupling agents. Suitable titanate coupling agents and zirconate coupling agents are commercially available from Kemich Petrochemical Company. Suitable chromium complexes are commercially available from El Dupont de Nemours (Wilmington, Delaware). Wemer-type coupling agents containing amine groups are complex compounds in which trivalent nuclear atoms, such as chromium, are coordinated with an organic acid having an amine functional group. Coupling agents that are familiar with other types of metal chelates and complexes known to this artist can also be used here. The amount of the coupling agent, based on the total solids, can range from about 1 to about 30 weight percent of the coating composition, and is preferably about! To about 10% by weight (please read the notes on the back before filling this page) ------- 1 Order -------- Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs There is no limitation in the invention, but in the specific embodiment of the coating composition I shown in FIG. 3, the coating composition of the present invention comprises one or more particles 24 which are applied to at least one fiber of the strand 16 At this time, it will adhere to the outer surface of the fiber 18 and provide one or more gaps 30 between adjacent glass fibers%, 28 of the strand 16. These interstitial spaces 30 are roughly equivalent to the average size 32 of the particles 24 placed between adjacent fibers. The particles 24 of the coating composition are preferably discrete particles. The term “discrete” used in this article means that under the processing conditions of these particles, «-20-1228520 A7 V. Description of the invention (18) (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Wisdom of the Ministry of Economy The property bureau's consumer cooperative prints "there is a tendency to agglomerate or combine to form a thin film", but instead maintains its individual shape or form in general. In addition, these particles are preferably dimensionally stable. As used herein, the term "dimensionally stable particles" means that the particles' forces generated between adjacent fibers under processing conditions, such as during weaving, wool spinning, and other processing operations, generally maintain their average particles. Size and shape to maintain the desired clearance space between adjacent fibers 26,28. In other words, under typical glass fiber processing conditions, such as exposure to a severity of up to about 25 ° C, and preferably up to about 100. (:, And more preferably up to about 14 ° C, these particles are preferably not crushed, dissolved or substantially deformed in the coating composition to form particles having a maximum size lower than their selected average particle size In addition, under glass fiber processing conditions, and more particularly under composite processing conditions, where the processing temperature may exceed ° C, the particles 24 should not substantially expand or expand in size. When used herein The wording that the particle "should not be substantially enlarged in size" means that the particle should not swell or increase in size to approximately three times its original size during processing. The coating composition of the present invention Preferably, it is substantially free of thermally expandable hollow particles. The term "thermally expandable 1 hollow particles" as used herein means hollow particles that are filled or contain a foaming agent, which when exposed to sufficient The temperature at which the blowing agent evaporates will expand or substantially expand in size. As used herein, the term "substantially free" refers to a sizing composition containing less than about 20 weight percent Thermally expandable hollow = ions, based on total solids, more preferably less than about 5 weight percent, and more preferably less than 0.001 weight percent. Furthermore, as used herein, the dimensions are stable &quot; Words, including crystalline and non-crystalline materials. -21 1228520 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (19) In addition, although not required, the particles 24 are preferably non-wax. "Non-wax" 1 The word means that the material used to form these particles is non-wax. The term "wax" as used herein means that it is mainly composed of unentangled hydrocarbon chains.

組成之材料,該烴鏈具有平均碳鏈長度範圍從約Μ至約 100個碳原子3,4。 V 在塗料組合物中之粒子24,較佳係爲離散、尺寸上安定 、非蠟狀粒子。在本發明之特定非限制性具體實施例中, 粒子24之平均粒子大小32,係爲至少約〇1微米,較佳爲至 少約〇·5微米,且其範園爲約〇1微米至約5微米,及較佳爲 約0.5微米至約3·〇微米。在一具體實施例中,粒子μ係爲 至少約1微米,且較佳係在約j至約3微米之範圍内。在此 非限制性具體實施例中,粒子24具有平均粒子大小%,其 大致上小於此塗料組合物所塗敷之纖維18之平均直徑。已 發現製自纖維股線16之加捻紗線,該股線具有一次I漿組 合物 &lt; 殘留物層22,此組合物包含具有上文所討論之平均 粒^大小32之粒子24,該加捻紗線可在相鄰纖維26、28之 間提供足夠間距,以允許噴氣可織造性(意即嘴氣輸送越 過織機),同時保持纖維股線16之完整性,及當以聚合體 基質材料浸潰時,提供可接受之,,濕透&quot;與,,浸濕”特性。 其係J〇hn · &amp; S〇ns 公司(1986)第 2-5 頁, 微粉化蠟與蠟分散液在含水系统中之用诊&quot;聚八 第 189 卷,第 4412 期,1999 ; !月中^3:百 係併於本文供參考。 β午1月,罘1心21頁,其 (請先閱讀背面之注咅?事項再填寫本頁) -訂· ••線 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1228520Composed of materials, the hydrocarbon chain has an average carbon chain length ranging from about M to about 100 carbon atoms 3,4. V The particles 24 in the coating composition are preferably discrete, dimensionally stable, non-wax particles. In a specific non-limiting embodiment of the present invention, the average particle size 32 of the particles 24 is at least about 0.01 micrometers, preferably at least about 0.5 micrometers, and its range is about 0.01 micrometers to about 5 microns, and preferably from about 0.5 microns to about 3.0 microns. In a specific embodiment, the particles µ are at least about 1 micrometer, and preferably in the range of about j to about 3 micrometers. In this non-limiting embodiment, the particles 24 have an average particle size%, which is substantially smaller than the average diameter of the fibers 18 coated by this coating composition. Twisted yarns made from fiber strands 16 have been found, the strands having a primary pulp composition &lt; residue layer 22, the composition comprising particles 24 having an average grain size 32 as discussed above, which Twisted yarns provide sufficient spacing between adjacent fibers 26, 28 to allow air-jet weavability (that is, mouth air delivery across the loom), while maintaining the integrity of the fiber strands 16, and when used as a polymer matrix When the material is impregnated, it provides acceptable, "wet-through" and "wet-through" characteristics. It is John &amp; Sons (1986) pages 2-5, micronized wax and wax dispersion Application of Liquid Liquid in Aqueous System &quot; Juba Vol. 189, No. 4412, 1999;! Middle month ^ 3: Hundred lines and reference herein. Β noon January, p. 1 heart 21 pages, which (please Read the note on the back? Matters and then fill out this page)-Ordered • Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Employee Consumption Cooperative 1228520

、發明說明(2〇 、,在本發明之另一特定非限制性具體實施例中,粒子24之 ^並^子大小32,係爲至少3微米,較佳爲至少約5微米, 及其範圍爲3至約1000微米,較佳爲約5至約1〇〇〇微米,且 更佳爲、、々10至約25微米。各粒子24較佳係具有最小粒子大 ^爲至少3微米,且較佳爲至少約5微米。在此具體實施例 不較佳的是,粒子24之平均粒子大小32大致上係相當於 玻瑪纖維之平均額定直徑。已發現以如上文討論大小之粒 子塗覆 &lt; 股線製成之織物,當以聚合體基質材料浸潰時, 顯示良好”濕透”與”浸濕”特性。 、 熟諳此藝者將明瞭具有不同平均粒子大小32之一或多種 粒子24之混合物,可摻入根據本發明之上漿組合物中,以 對纖維股線16及對隨後自其製成之產物,賦予所要之性質 與加工處理特性。更明確言之,可將不同尺 貝 所需要之量合併,以提供具有良好噴氣輸送性質之纖維= 以及顯示良好浸濕與濕透特性之織物。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 /雖然在本發明中並無限制,但粒子24之型態或形狀,可 爲大致上球形(譬如珠粒、微珠粒或固體中空球體)、立方 形、板塊狀或針狀(細長或纖維狀),按需要而定。此外万 粒子24可具有一種結構,其係爲中空、多孔性或無空隙或 其組合。此外,粒子24可具有此等結構之組合,例如中空 中心具有多孔性或固體壁。關於適當粒子特性之更多訊t ,可參閱H.Katz等人(編著乃,第^ 頁,其係併於本文供參考。 ’ 玻璃纖維係在成形及後續處理期間,譬如織造或粗 1228520 A7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製2. Description of the invention (20) In another specific non-limiting embodiment of the present invention, the particle size of the particle 24 is 32, which is at least 3 microns, preferably at least about 5 microns, and the range thereof. 3 to about 1000 microns, preferably about 5 to about 1000 microns, and more preferably 10 to about 25 microns. Each particle 24 preferably has a minimum particle size of at least 3 microns, and It is preferably at least about 5 microns. It is not preferred in this embodiment that the average particle size 32 of the particles 24 is roughly equivalent to the average nominal diameter of the glass fiber. It has been found to be coated with particles of a size as discussed above &lt; Fabrics made of strands show good "wet-through" and "wet-in" characteristics when impregnated with a polymer matrix material. The skilled artisan will understand that one or more particles have different average particle sizes of 32 A mixture of 24 may be incorporated into the size composition according to the present invention to impart the desired properties and processing characteristics to the fiber strands 16 and subsequent products made therefrom. More specifically, different The quantities required by the ruler are combined to provide Fibers with good air jet transport properties = and fabrics showing good wetting and wet-out properties. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs / Although not limited in the present invention, the shape or shape of the particles 24 may be Roughly spherical (such as beads, microbeads, or solid hollow spheres), cubes, plates, or needles (slender or fibrous), as needed. In addition, ten thousand particles 24 can have a structure, which is Hollow, porous, or void-free or a combination thereof. In addition, particles 24 may have a combination of such structures, such as a hollow center with a porous or solid wall. For more information on proper particle characteristics, see H. Katz et al. (Editorial, page ^, which is incorporated herein by reference. 'Glass fiber is produced during forming and subsequent processing, such as weaving or rough 1228520 A7 printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

五、發明說明(21) B7 由於與相都玻璃纖維之粗糙表面接觸,及/或玻璃纖維接 觸到〈其他固體物件或材科,而遭受到磨損。於本文中使 用I磨抽係意謂玻璃纖維表面小片塊之磨擦或切斷,或 玻璃纖維之斷裂’其係因與材料之粒子、邊緣或本體摩擦 接觸而造成,孩材料係足夠堅硬以對玻璃纖維產生傷害。 參閲1!^如聰,|^^^,(1996),第129頁,其係併於本 文L參考。玻璃纖維股線之磨損,會在加工處理期間造成 月又,泉Wf欢,及在產物譬如織布與複合物中之表面缺陷,其 會增加廢料及製造成本。 爲使磨損降至最低,粒子24具有之硬度値不會超過(意 即低於或等於)玻璃纖維之硬度値。粒子與玻璃纖維之硬 度値,可藉任何習用硬度度量方法測定,譬如vickers* Brinell硬度,但較佳係根據原始莫氏(M〇k)硬度等級測定, 其係顯示材料表面之相對耐刮傷性。玻璃纖維之莫氏硬度 値,一般範圍爲約4·5至約Μ,且較佳爲約6。參閱 R· Weast (編著),也皇CRC 出版社(1975),第 f_22 頁 ,其係併於本文供參考。適用於上文所討論之塗料組合物 中I粒子之莫氏硬度値,較佳範圍爲約0.5至約6。適用於 本發明粒子之數種非限制性實例之莫氏硬度値,係示於下 表A中。V. Description of the invention (21) B7 is subject to abrasion due to contact with the rough surface of glass fiber and / or contact of glass fiber with other solid objects or materials. The use of I grinding in this article means the friction or cutting of small pieces of glass fiber surface, or the breakage of glass fiber. It is caused by frictional contact with the particles, edges or body of the material. The material is hard enough to resist Glass fibers cause damage. See 1! ^ Ru Cong, | ^^^, (1996), p. 129, which is incorporated herein by reference. The abrasion of glass fiber strands will cause damage during processing, surface defects in products such as woven fabrics and composites, which will increase waste and manufacturing costs. To minimize wear, the hardness 24 of the particles 24 does not exceed (i.e., less than or equal to) the hardness 玻璃 of the glass fibers. The hardness 値 of particles and glass fibers can be measured by any conventional hardness measurement method, such as vickers * Brinell hardness, but it is preferably measured according to the original Mohs hardness scale, which shows the relative scratch resistance of the surface of the material Sex. The Mohs hardness 値 of glass fibers is generally in the range of about 4.5 to about M, and preferably about 6. See R. Weast (ed.), Also CRC Press (1975), f_22, which is incorporated herein by reference. Mohs hardness 値 suitable for the I particles in the coating composition discussed above, preferably in the range of about 0.5 to about 6. Mohs hardness 値 suitable for several non-limiting examples of particles of the present invention are shown in Table A below.

表A _ 粒子材料 _莫_氏硬等級) _ 氮化硼 約25 石墨 約 0.5-16 硫化銷 約I7 -24- 張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1228520 五、發明說明(22) A7 B7 滑石 約 1_1.58 雲母 約 Z8-3.29 高鑌土 約 2.0-2.510 石膏 約 1.6-211 ~ 方解石(破酸鈣) 約 312 ~ 氟化鈣 約413 氧化鋅 約 4.514 — 崔呂 約 2.515 銅 約 2.5-316 鐵 約 4-517 金 約 Ζ5-318 鎳 約519 !巴 約 4.820 鉑 約 4.321 銀 約 2.5_422 — (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 丨訂· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 5 K. Ludema,摩檫,磨耗,潤滑,(19%),第27頁,其係併於本文供參考。 6R· Weast (編著),化學與物理手册,CRC出版社(1975),第F-22頁。 7 R. Lewis, Sr., Hawley氏簡明化學辭典,(第12版,1993),第793頁,其係併於 8 j^wley氏簡明化學辭典,(第12版,1993),第1113頁,其係併於本文供參考。 9择wley氏簡明化學辭典,(第I2版,1993),第784頁,其係併於本文考°。 10化學與物理手册,第F-22頁。 、 。 11化學與物理手册_第F-22頁。 12摩擦,磨耗,潤滑,第27頁〇 1 3摩擦,磨耗.潤湣.第27頁。 14摩擦,磨耗.潤滑_第27頁。 15摩擦,磨耗.潤湣_第27頁。 1 6化學與物理手册第f-22頁。 1 7化學與物理手册_第F-22頁。 18化學與物理手册第f-22頁。 19化學與物理手册第f-22頁。 2 Q化學與物理手册第f_22頁。 21化學與物理手册_第F-22頁。 22化學與物理手册第F-22頁。 _____ _-25- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1228520 -26- A7 B7 五、發明說明(23) 如上述,莫氏硬度等級係與材料 。因此,本發明進-步意欲涵蓋有關聯 確言之,此粒子之表面可以此項==邵硬度不同。更明 狄并^ , 此頁技藝中所習知之任何方式 “改二:不限於使用此項技藝中已知之技術,以化學 纖权硬度,然而位於此表面下方之粒子硬度,係大於玻 璃纖維之硬度。以下述作爲 *、; 覆、包層或包覆以形成具有較柔種軟 後所討論者)。 表面(複合粒子(如稍 -般而言,可用於本發明之粒子24可製自以下材料,選 體與非聚合體之無機材料,聚合體與非聚合體 心有機材科,複合材料及其混合物。於本文中使用之 ,體無機材料&quot;一詞’係意謂—種聚合材料,其具有以不 馬碳或多種兀素爲基礎之主鏈重複單位。關於更多訊 息,可參閲1^^,第5頁,其係併於本文供參考。 聚合有機材料包括合成聚合材料、半合成聚合材料及天铁 聚合材料。於本文中使用之&quot;有機材料&quot;,係意謂所有碳化 ,物I惟二元化合物,譬如碳氧化物、碳化物、二硫化碳 等’·三π化合物,譬如金屬氰化物、金屬羰基化物、光氣 、硫化碳醯等,·及金屬碳酸鹽,譬如碳酸鈣與碳酸鈉除外 〇 參閲 R. Lewis,Sr.,月化學辭卑_.(第 12 版,1993),第 761-762頁,其係併於本文供參考。更_般而言,有機材料 包括含碳化合物,其中碳典型上係結合至本身,且結合至 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公fTable A _ Particle materials _ Mohs hardness level) _ Boron nitride about 25 Graphite about 0.5-16 Vulcanization pin about I7 -24- Zhang scale applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1228520 5 Description of the invention (22) A7 B7 talc about 1_1.58 mica about Z8-3.29 kaolin about 2.0-2.510 gypsum about 1.6-211 ~ calcite (calcium breaking acid) about 312 ~ calcium fluoride about 413 zinc oxide about 4.514 — Cui Lu about 2.515 copper about 2.5-316 iron about 4-517 gold about Z5-318 nickel about 519! Bar about 4.820 platinum about 4.321 silver about 2.5_422 — (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 丨 Order · Printed by K. Ludema, Capricorn, Abrasion, Lubrication, (19%), Employee Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs, page 27, which is incorporated herein by reference. 6R · Weast (eds.), Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, CRC Press (1975), p. F-22. 7 R. Lewis, Sr., Hawley's Concise Chemical Dictionary, (12th Edition, 1993), p. 793, which is a condensed version of 8 j ^ wley's Concise Chemical Dictionary, (12th Edition, 1993), p. 1113 , Which is incorporated herein by reference. 9 Concise Wley's Dictionary of Chemistry, (I2 Edition, 1993), p. 784, which is considered in this paper. 10 Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, page F-22. ,. 11 Handbook of Chemistry and Physics_page F-22. 12 Friction, Wear, Lubrication, Page 27 〇 1 3 Friction, Wear, Run. Page 27. 14Friction, Wear. Lubrication _ page 27. 15 Friction, abrasion. Run _ page 27. 1 6 Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, p. F-22. 1 7 Handbook of Chemistry and Physics _ page F-22. 18 Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, p. F-22. 19 Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, p. F-22. 2 Q Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, page f_22. 21 Handbook of Chemistry and Physics_page F-22. 22 Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, page F-22. _____ _-25- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1228520 -26- A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (23) As mentioned above, the Mohs hardness scale is related to materials. Therefore, the present invention is intended to further cover the relationship. To be sure, the surface of this particle may be different in terms of hardness. Ming Di Di ^, any method known in the art on this page "Change two: not limited to the use of techniques known in the art to use chemical fiber hardness, but the hardness of particles below this surface is greater than that of glass fiber. Hardness. Use the following as * ,; cover, cladding, or cover to form a softer species (discussed later). Surface (composite particles (as a matter of generality, the particles 24 that can be used in the present invention can be made from The following materials, selected and non-polymeric inorganic materials, polymer and non-polymeric core organic materials, composite materials and mixtures thereof. As used herein, the term "inorganic materials" means "a kind of polymerization" Material, which has a main chain repeating unit based on fumaric carbon or multiple elements. For more information, see 1 ^^, page 5, which is incorporated herein by reference. Polymeric organic materials include synthetic polymerization Materials, semi-synthetic polymeric materials, and sky-iron polymeric materials. "Organic materials" used in this article means all carbonized materials, but only binary compounds, such as carbon oxides, carbides, carbon disulfide, etc. π compounds, such as metal cyanides, metal carbonyls, phosgene, carbon sulfide, etc., and metal carbonates, such as calcium carbonate and sodium carbonate, are excluded. See R. Lewis, Sr., Moon Chemistry _. 12th edition, 1993), pages 761-762, which are incorporated herein by reference. More generally, organic materials include carbon-containing compounds, where carbon is typically bound to itself, and to the dimensions of this paper. China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 male f

•線J (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -------h 訂 i- — · 1228520 A7 五、發明說明(24) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 氣,及經常亦結合至其他元素,而排除含碳離子性化合物 〇 參閱 M silberberg,(1996) _ 頁,其係併於本文供參考。”無機材料,,一詞’,一般而 言係意謂不爲碳化合物之所有材料,惟碳氧化物與二 碳除外。參閱R.Lewis,Sr•,廷第二版 ,1^3),第636頁,其係併於本文供參考。於本文中使用之” 無機材料”一詞,係意謂不爲有機材料之任何材料。於本 又中使用之”複合材料” 一詞,係意謂兩種或多種不同材料 之組合。關於可用於本發明之粒子之更多訊息,可參閱 G· Wypych,填料f 1,第2版(1999),第15-202頁,其係併於本文 供參考。 可用於形成粒子24之非聚合體無機材料,包括陶瓷材料 與金屬材料。適當陶瓷材料包括金屬氮化物、金屬氧化物 、金屬碳化物、金屬硫化物、金屬硼化物、金屬矽酸鹽、 金屬碳酸鹽及其混合物。• Line J (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) ------- h Order i- — · 1228520 A7 V. Description of the invention (24) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page ), And often also bind to other elements, excluding carbon-containing ionic compounds. See M Silberberg, (1996) _ page, which is incorporated herein by reference. "Inorganic materials," the term, generally means all materials that are not carbon compounds, except for carbon oxides and two carbons. See R. Lewis, Sr •, Ting Second Edition, 1 ^ 3), Page 636, which is incorporated herein by reference. The term "inorganic material" as used herein means any material that is not an organic material. The term "composite material" as used herein means A combination of two or more different materials. For more information on particles that can be used in the present invention, see G. Wypych, Filler f 1, 2nd Edition (1999), pages 15-202, which are incorporated herein. For reference. Non-polymeric inorganic materials that can be used to form particles 24 include ceramic materials and metal materials. Suitable ceramic materials include metal nitrides, metal oxides, metal carbides, metal sulfides, metal borides, and metal silicates. , Metal carbonates and their mixtures.

經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 適當金屬氮化物之非限制性實例爲氮化硼,其係爲較佳 無機材料,可自其形成可用於本發明之粒子。可使用金屬 氧化物之非限制性實例係爲氧化鋅。適當金屬硫化物包括 二硫化鉬、二硫化鋰、二硫化鎢及硫化鋅。可使用之金屬 石夕酸鹽,包括鋁矽酸鹽與鎂矽酸鹽,譬如蛭石。適當金屬 材料包括石墨、鉬、鉑、鈀、鎳、鋁、銅、金、鐵、銀及 其混合物。 雖然並非必要,但粒子24較佳亦爲固體潤滑劑。於本文 中使用之’’固體潤滑劑&quot;一詞,係意謂在兩個表面間使用之 -27- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(21〇 χ 297公釐 1228520 A7 ____________B7 五、發明說明(25) 任何固體,以在相對移動期間提供保護使免於傷害,及/ 或降低摩擦與磨耗。粒子24更佳爲無機固體潤滑劑。於本 文中使用之”㈣㈣潤滑劑”—詞’係意謂無機粒子料 有特徵結晶習性,這會造成其剪切成薄、平坦板,其易於 在彼此之上滑動,且因此在玻璃纖維表面與相鄰固體表面 I間,產生抗摩擦潤滑作用,該表面其中至少一個係在移 動中(參閱 R· Lewis,Sr.,(第 12 版,1993) 第712頁,其係併於本文供參考)。摩擦係爲對一個固體在 另個固體上滑動之阻力。參閲F. Clauss,固體潤滑劑輿,自 罔體,(1972),第1頁,其係併於本文供 在可用於本發明之一項特定具體實施例中,固體潤滑劑 粒子具有層狀結構,當經過此等薄片鑽孔時,咸認其有助 於降低工具磨耗,如稍後更詳細地討論者。具有層狀結構 之粒子,係由呈六角形陣列之原子之薄片或板所組成,在 薄片内具有強鍵結,而在薄片之間具有弱凡得瓦鍵結,而 在薄片之間提供低剪切強度。層狀結構之非限制性實例, 爲六方晶體結構。參閱摩擦,磨耗,潤滑,第I25頁,固體潤 滑劑與自身潤滑固體,第 19-22, 42-54, 75-77, 80-81,82, 90-102, 113- 120及128頁,及W. Campbell,”固體潤滑劑”,邊界潤滑作用: 世界文獻之評價,潤滑作用之ASME研究委員會(1%9),第202-203頁,其係併於本文供參考。具有層狀煤灰(熔岩球)結 構之無機粒子,亦可使用於本發明中。 具有層狀結構之適當無機固體潤滑劑粒子之非限制性實 例,包括氮化硼、石墨、金屬二硫屬化合物、雲母、滑石 -28- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) &quot; ' (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) . 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1228520 A7 五、發明說明(26) L石霄、兩嶺土、方解石、碘化鎬、硫化銀及其混合物。 較佳無機固體潤滑劑粒子,包括氮化爛、石墨、金屬二访 屬化合物及其混合物。適當金屬二硫屬化合物包括:^ 銷、二磁化鉬、二硫化赵、二…、二硫化鵪 鎢及其混合物。 ϋ 供使用於本發明塗料組合物中之具有六方晶體結構之益 機固體潤滑劑材料之非限制性實例,係爲氮化硼。製自; 化硼、硫化鋅及蒙脱石之粒子,在與聚合體基質材料(譬 如尼龍6,6)之複合物中,亦提供良好白度。 適用於本發明之氮化硼粒子之非限制性實例,係爲 驗Thenn®獅系列(打與打⑽打⑽及打⑽),3〇〇系列 (PT⑽)及_系列(PT _,ρτ 63〇,打_及ρτ 67〇)氮化硼粉末 粒子,其可市購得自先進陶资材料公司(Lakew〇〇d,〇hi〇)。 &quot;PdarThenn®聚合材料用之導熱性填料&quot;,先進陶资材料公司 (Lakewood,Ohio)之技術公報(19%),併於本文供參考此等粒 子具有導熱係數,在25 C下爲每米〇κ约25〇_3〇〇瓦特,介電 常數爲約3.9,及體積電阻率爲約1〇15歐姆_公分。1〇〇系列 粉末粒子具有平均粒子大小範園從約5至約14微米,3〇〇系 列粒子具有平均粒子大小範圍從約1〇〇至約15〇微米,及6〇〇 系列粒子具有平均粒子大小範園從約16至大於約2〇〇微米 〇 粒子24可製自非聚合體有機材料。可用於本發明之非聚 合體有機材料之實例,包括但不限於硬脂酸鹽(譬如硬脂 酸鋅與硬脂酸鋁)、碳黑及硬脂醯胺。 -29- ‘紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) --線』 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1228520 A7 B7 五、發明說明(27) 製自無機聚合材科。可使用無機聚合材 nr聚嶙骑、聚残、聚碎氧燒、聚鍺燒、 工、 其混合物。製自無機聚合材料 而通用於本發明之粒子,並姓A 竹 ,m 定非限制性實例爲&amp;_23 τ—氧公司。…子,並可市講得自曰本 可用以形成粒子之適當合成有機聚合材料,包括但不限 於熱固性材料與熱塑性材料。適當熱固性材料包括熱固性 聚醋、乙晞基酯類、環氧樹脂材料、㈣塑料、胺基塑料 、、熱固性聚胺基甲酸醋及其混合物。製自環氧樹脂材料之 較佳合成聚合體粒子之特定非限制性實例,係爲環氧樹脂 微體凝膠粒子。 通當熱塑性材料包括熱塑性聚酯、聚碳酸酯、聚烯烴、 丙烯酸系聚合體、聚醯胺、熱塑性聚胺基甲酸酯、乙烯基 聚合體及其混合物。較佳熱塑性聚酯包括但不限於聚對苯 一甲酸乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯及聚莕二甲酸乙二酯 。較佳聚缔烴包括但不限於聚乙烯、聚丙烯及聚異丁烯。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 較佳丙烯酸系聚合體包括苯乙烯與丙烯酸之共聚物,及含 有甲基丙#酸酯之聚合體。製自丙烯酸系共聚物之合成聚 合體粒子之非限制性實例,係爲,其係 爲一種不透明、非成膜性、苯乙烯丙烯酸聚合體合成顏料 百參閱R. J. Perry &quot;交聯矽氧烷粒子之應用··,Chemtech, 1999年2月,第39·ζμ 2 4參閱產物性質印刷物,其標題爲·· &quot;ROPAQUE® }jp-1〇55,供紙與紙板塗 ' R〇hn,&amp;Haas^ , Wadelphla? -30- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 χ 297公釐) A7 1228520 B7_ 五、發明說明(28) ,具有1.0微米粒子大小,固含量爲26.5重量%及55百分比 空隙體積,ROPAQUE®OP-9625,其係爲一種不透明、非成膜 性、苯乙晞丙晞酸聚合體合成顏料分散體,具有粒子大小 爲0.55微米及固含量爲30.5重量。/〇,以及ROPAQUE®OP-62 L026 , 其亦 爲一種 不透明 、非 成膜性 、苯 乙烯丙 烯酸聚 合體合成顏料分散體,具有粒子大小爲0.40微米,及固含 量爲約36.5重量。/。,其每一個可市購得自Rohm &amp; Haas公司 (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania) ° 可自其形成粒子24之適當半合成有機聚合材料,包括但 不限於纖維素材料,譬如甲基纖維素與醋酸纖維素;及變 性澱粉,譬如澱粉醋酸鹽與澱粉羥乙基醚。 可自其形成粒子24之適當天然聚合材料,包括但不限於 多醋類,譬如澱粉;多肽類,譬如路蛋白;及天然烴類, 譬如天然橡膠與古塔波膠。 在本發明之一項具體實施例中,聚合體粒子18係製自疏 水性聚合材料,以降低或限制經塗覆股線之吸濕性。咸認 可用於本發明之疏水性聚合材料之非限制性實例,包括但 不限於聚乙烯、聚丙烯、聚苯乙烯及聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯。 聚苯乙烯共聚物之非限制性實例,包括ROPAQUE®HP-1055 、ROPAQUE® OP-96 及 ROPAQUE® OP-62 LO 顏料(各討論於上文) 25參閱產品技術公報,其標題爲:&quot;建築塗料 ROPAQUE® OP-96,通用顏 料&quot;,1997年4月,可得自Rohm &amp; Haas公司(Philadelphia, PA),第1頁,其係併 於本文供參考。 26同前出處。 -31 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ·«裝Non-limiting example of a suitable metal nitride printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economics is boron nitride, which is a preferred inorganic material from which particles can be formed for use in the present invention. A non-limiting example of a metal oxide that can be used is zinc oxide. Suitable metal sulfides include molybdenum disulfide, lithium disulfide, tungsten disulfide, and zinc sulfide. Usable metal oxalates include aluminosilicates and magnesium silicates, such as vermiculite. Suitable metallic materials include graphite, molybdenum, platinum, palladium, nickel, aluminum, copper, gold, iron, silver, and mixtures thereof. Although not necessary, the particles 24 are preferably also solid lubricants. The term "solid lubricant" used in this article means -27- This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇χ 297mm 1228520 A7 __________B7 V. Description of the invention (25) Any solid to provide protection from injury during relative movement, and / or reduce friction and wear. Particle 24 is more preferably an inorganic solid lubricant. The "㈣㈣lubricant" used herein —The word 'means that the inorganic particulate material has a characteristic crystallization habit, which will cause it to shear into thin, flat plates, which easily slide on top of each other, and thus produce anti-friction between the glass fiber surface and the adjacent solid surface I. Lubricating, at least one of the surfaces is in motion (see R. Lewis, Sr., (12th edition, 1993) p. 712, which is incorporated herein by reference). The friction system is for one solid to another Resistance to sliding on solids. See F. Clauss, Solid Lubricants, Autoclaves, (1972), p. 1, which is incorporated herein for use in a particular embodiment of the present invention. Moisturize The agent particles have a layered structure, which is believed to help reduce tool wear when drilling through these sheets, as discussed in more detail later. Particles with a layered structure are composed of atoms in a hexagonal array It is composed of thin sheets or plates, with strong bonds in the sheets, and weak Van der Waals bonds between the sheets, while providing low shear strength between the sheets. A non-limiting example of a layered structure is a hexagonal Crystal structure. See Friction, Wear, Lubrication, page I25, Solid lubricants and self-lubricating solids, pages 19-22, 42-54, 75-77, 80-81, 82, 90-102, 113- 120, and 128 And W. Campbell, "Solid Lubricants," Boundary Lubrication: Evaluation of World Literature, ASME Research Committee on Lubrication (1% 9), pages 202-203, which are incorporated herein by reference. Non-limiting examples of suitable inorganic solid lubricant particles having a layered structure include boron nitride, graphite, metal dichalcogenides, Mica, Talc-28- This paper is suitable for this paper China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210 X 297 mm) &quot; '(Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page). Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 1228520 A7 V. Description of Invention (26 ) L Shixiao, amphibious earth, calcite, iodized pickle, silver sulfide, and mixtures thereof. Preferred inorganic solid lubricant particles include nitriding rot, graphite, metal divalent compounds, and mixtures thereof. Suitable metal disulfides The compounds include: ^ pin, molybdenum dimagnetization, zirconium disulfide, di ..., tungsten disulfide, and mixtures thereof.非 A non-limiting example of an organic solid lubricant material having a hexagonal crystal structure for use in the coating composition of the present invention is boron nitride. Made from; The particles of boron, zinc sulfide, and montmorillonite also provide good whiteness in composites with polymer matrix materials (such as nylon 6,6). Non-limiting examples of boron nitride particles suitable for the present invention are the Thenn® lion series (snoring and hiccups and hiccups), 300 series (PT () and _ series (PT _, ρτ 63 〇, 打 _ and ρτ67〇) boron nitride powder particles, which are commercially available from Advanced Ceramic Materials Co., Ltd. (Lakew 〇d, 〇〇〇). &quot; PdarThenn® Thermally Conductive Filler for Polymeric Materials &quot;, Technical Bulletin (19%) from Advanced Ceramic Materials (Lakewood, Ohio), and is provided herein for reference. These particles have a thermal conductivity of 25 ° C for each Meter κ is about 250,000-300 watts, the dielectric constant is about 3.9, and the volume resistivity is about 1015 ohm-cm. 100 series powder particles have an average particle size ranging from about 5 to about 14 microns, 300 series particles have an average particle size ranging from about 100 to about 150 microns, and 600 series particles have an average particle size Size ranges from about 16 to greater than about 200 microns. Particles 24 can be made from non-polymeric organic materials. Examples of non-polymeric organic materials that can be used in the present invention include, but are not limited to, stearates (such as zinc stearate and aluminum stearate), carbon black, and stearylamine. -29- 'The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page)-Line ”Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Consumer Cooperatives 1228520 A7 B7 V. Description of Invention (27) Manufactured from the Division of Inorganic Polymer Materials. Inorganic polymeric materials can be used: nr polypyramid, polyresidue, polyoxygenated, polygermanium, industrial, and mixtures thereof. Manufactured from inorganic polymer materials and commonly used in the particles of the present invention, and named A bamboo, non-limiting example of m is & _23 τ-oxygen company. …, And can be obtained from the Japanese market. Suitable synthetic organic polymeric materials that can be used to form particles include, but are not limited to, thermoset and thermoplastic materials. Suitable thermosetting materials include thermosetting polyacetic acid, ethyl acetate, epoxy materials, fluorene plastics, amine plastics, thermosetting polyurethanes and mixtures thereof. A specific, non-limiting example of a preferred synthetic polymer particle made from an epoxy material is an epoxy microgel particle. Common thermoplastic materials include thermoplastic polyesters, polycarbonates, polyolefins, acrylic polymers, polyamides, thermoplastic polyurethanes, vinyl polymers, and mixtures thereof. Preferred thermoplastic polyesters include, but are not limited to, polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, and polyethylene terephthalate. Preferred polyassociated hydrocarbons include, but are not limited to, polyethylene, polypropylene, and polyisobutylene. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Preferred acrylic polymers include copolymers of styrene and acrylic acid, and polymers containing methyl propionate. Non-limiting example of synthetic polymer particles made from acrylic copolymers is an opaque, non-film-forming, styrene acrylic polymer synthetic pigment. See also RJ Perry &quot; crosslinked silicone particles Applications ..., Chemtech, February 1999, No. 39 · ζμ 2 4 Refer to the printed product properties, and its title is ... &quot; ROPAQUE®} jp-1〇55, for paper and cardboard coating 'R〇hn, & amp Haas ^, Wadelphla? -30- This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 χ 297 mm) A7 1228520 B7_ 5. Description of the invention (28), with a particle size of 1.0 micron, and a solid content of 26.5 weight % And 55% void volume, ROPAQUE® OP-9625, which is an opaque, non-film-forming, synthetic polymer pigment dispersion of phenylacetic acid and propionic acid, with a particle size of 0.55 microns and a solid content of 30.5 weight. / 〇, and ROPAQUE® OP-62 L026, which is also an opaque, non-film-forming, styrene-acrylic polymer synthetic pigment dispersion, has a particle size of 0.40 microns, and a solid content of about 36.5 weight. /. , Each of which is commercially available from Rohm &amp; Haas (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania) ° Suitable semi-synthetic organic polymeric materials from which particles 24 can be formed, including but not limited to cellulosic materials such as methyl cellulose and acetate fibers And modified starches, such as starch acetate and starch hydroxyethyl ether. Suitable natural polymeric materials from which particles 24 can be formed include, but are not limited to, polyacetic acids, such as starch; peptides, such as road protein; and natural hydrocarbons, such as natural rubber and gutaba gum. In a specific embodiment of the present invention, the polymer particles 18 are made of a hydrophobic polymer material to reduce or limit the hygroscopicity of the coated strands. Non-limiting examples of hydrophobic polymeric materials that may be used in the present invention include, but are not limited to, polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, and polymethyl methacrylate. Non-limiting examples of polystyrene copolymers include ROPAQUE® HP-1055, ROPAQUE® OP-96, and ROPAQUE® OP-62 LO pigments (discussed above) 25 Refer to the product technical bulletin, entitled: &quot; Architectural coatings ROPAQUE® OP-96, Universal Pigments &quot;, April 1997, available from Rohm &amp; Haas Corporation (Philadelphia, PA), page 1, which is incorporated herein by reference. 26 Ibid. -31-This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1228520 Α7Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 1228520 Α7

(請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 毛本發明之另-項具體實施例中,聚合體粒子18 具有玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)及/或熔點大於約25π,且較佳= 大於約50°C之聚合材料。 馬 可用於本發明 &lt; 複合粒子24,包括經由將製自一次材料 之粒子,以一或多種二次材料包層、包覆或塗覆所形成之 粒子。例如,製自無機材料(譬如碳化矽或氮化鋁)之無機 粒子、,可具有矽石、碳酸鹽或亳微黏土塗層,以形成可使 用〈複合粒子。在另—實例巾,具有縣側鏈之錢偶人 劑,,,可與製自無機氧化物之無機粒子表面反應,以提供: 有’’較柔軟”表面之可使用複合粒子。其他實例包括將製自 有機或聚合材料之粒子,以無機材料或不同之有機或聚合 材料進行包層、包覆或塗覆。此種複合粒子之特定非限制 性實例,係爲DUALITE,其係爲已塗覆碳酸鈣之合成聚合 月豆♦子八了市購件自 Pierce &amp; Sevens 公司(Buffalo, New York)。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 於本發明之又另一項具體實施例中,粒子24可爲製自以 下材料之中工粒子,该材料選自包括無機材料、有機材料 來=材料複合材料及其混合物。可用以形成中空粒子 之適當材料之非限制性實例,係描述於上文。可用於本發 明之中i聚合粒子之非限制性實例,係爲 1055、ROpaque® 01^96 及 R〇pAQUE(g)〇p_62 L〇 顏料(各討論於 上文)。關於可用於本發明之中空粒子之其他非限制性實 例,可參閱H· Katz等人(編著x19S乃第437_452頁,其係併於 本文供參考。 固潤滑劑粒子24可存在於水中之分散液、懸浮液或乳 本紙張尺度適用中關家標準(CNS)A4規格⑵Q χ挪公爱) 1228520 A7 B7 五、發明說明(3〇) 化液中。若需要,可將其他溶劑,譬如礦油或醇(較佳係 低於約5重量百分比)加入上漿組合物中。約25重量百分比 氮化硼粒子在水中之較佳分散液之非限制性實例,係爲 ORPAC BORON NITRIDE RELEASECOAT-CONC,其可市購得自 ZYP 塗料公司(Oak Ridge,Tennessee)。'ORPAC BORON NITRIDE RELEASECOAT-CONC”,ZYP塗料公司之技術公報,係併於本 文供參考。在此產物中之氮化硼粒子,具有平均粒子大小 低於约3微米,且包含約1百分比之矽酸鎂-鋁,以使氮化 硼粒子結合至分散液所塗敷之基材。可市購得自ZYP塗料 公司之其他可使用產物,包括BORONNITRIDE LUBRICOAT®塗 料,BRAZE STOP及WELD RELEASE產物。製自丙烯酸系聚合 體與共聚物之合成聚合體粒子之乳化液與分散液之特定非 限制性實例,包括:Rhoplex®GL_62327,其係爲全丙烯酸堅 硬聚合體乳化液,具有固含量爲45重量。/。及玻璃轉移溫度 爲約98Ό ; EMULSIONE-232128,其係爲硬質甲基丙烯酸酯聚 合體乳化液,具有固含量爲45重量。/。及玻璃轉移溫度爲約 105°C ; ROPAQUE®OP-96 (討論於上文),其係以具有粒子大 小0.55微米及固含量30.5重量%之分散液供應;ROPAQUE® OP-62 LO (討論於上文),其亦爲一種不透明、非成膜性合 成顏料分散體,具有粒子大小爲0.40微米及固含量爲約36.5 重量% ;及ROPAQUE® HP-1055 (討論於上文),其係以具有固 27參閲產物性質印刷物,其標題爲:&quot;Rhoplex®GL-623,工業非織造物之自 身交聯丙晞酸黏合劑&quot;,1997年3月,可得自Rohm &amp; Haas公司(Philadelphia, PA),其係併於本文供參考。 2 8參閱產物性質印刷物,其標題爲:&quot;建築產物工業塗料-乳化液Ε-232Γ·, 1&quot;0,可得自Rohm &amp; Haas公司(Philadelphia,PA),其係併於本文供參考。 -33- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 卜訂: •線」 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1228520 A7 B7 五、發明說明(31) 4 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 含量約26.5重量%之分散液供應;其全部均可市購得自 Rohm &amp; Haas 公司(Philadelphia, Pennsylvania)。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 雖然並非必要,但粒子24較佳係爲不可水合之無機固體 潤滑劑粒子。於本文中使用之”不可水合”一詞,係意謂固 體無機潤滑劑粒子不會與水分子反應形成水合物,且未含 有化合水或結晶水。”水合物”係經由水分子與物質反應而 製成,其中H_OH鍵結並未分裂。參閱R. Lewis,Sr.,Hawley氏 簡明化學辭典,(第12版,1993),第609-610頁,及T· Perros,化學 ,(1967),第186-187頁,其係併於本文供參考。結構上可水合 之無機材料,係在一層晶格中包含至少一個羥基(但不包 括在單位結構之表平面中之經基,或在其表平面上或藉毛 細作用吸收水之材料),例如,如在J. Mitchell, 土壤行爲之基 兔,(1976)之圖3.8,第34頁中所予之高嶺土結構中所示,及如 個別在H· van Olphen,黏土膠質化學,(第2版,1977),第62頁之圖 18與19中所示,於礦物質1 : 1與2 : 1層結構中所示,其係 併於本文供參考。一 ”層”晶格係爲薄片之組合,其係爲原 子平面之組合。參閱土壤環境中之礦物質,美國土壤科學 學會(1977),第196-199頁,其係併於本文供參考。層與中間 層物質(譬如陽離子)之組裝,係被稱爲單位結構。 水合物係含有配位水,其係使陽離子配位在水合材料中 ,且若未使結構分解則不能夠被移除,及/或含有結構水 ,其會佔據結構中之組織間隙,而增加靜電能量,但不會 干擾電荷之平衡。參閱R. Evans,晶體化學導論,(1948),第276 頁,其係併於本文供參考。 -34 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1228520(Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) In another specific embodiment of the present invention, the polymer particles 18 have a glass transition temperature (Tg) and / or a melting point greater than about 25π, and preferably = greater than about 50 ° C polymer material. Horses can be used in the present invention &lt; composite particles 24, including particles formed by cladding, coating or coating one or more secondary materials with particles made from a primary material. For example, inorganic particles made from an inorganic material, such as silicon carbide or aluminum nitride, may have a coating of silica, carbonate, or gadolinium microclay to form useful composite particles. In another example, a puppet agent with a county side chain can react with the surface of inorganic particles made from inorganic oxides to provide: usable composite particles with a "softer" surface. Other examples include The particles made from organic or polymeric materials are coated, coated or coated with inorganic materials or different organic or polymeric materials. A specific non-limiting example of such composite particles is DUALITE, which is a coated Calcium carbonate-covered synthetic polymerized moon beans ♦ Beans were purchased from Pierce & Sevens (Buffalo, New York). The Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs printed it in yet another embodiment of the present invention. Particles 24 may be engineered particles made of materials selected from the group consisting of inorganic materials, organic materials, material composites, and mixtures thereof. Non-limiting examples of suitable materials that can be used to form hollow particles are described in Above. Non-limiting examples of i-polymeric particles that can be used in the present invention are 1055, ROpaque® 01 ^ 96, and RopAQUE (g) 0_62 L0 pigments (each discussed above). For other non-limiting examples of hollow particles that can be used in the present invention, see H. Katz et al. (Ed. X19S, pp. 437-452, which is incorporated herein by reference. Solid lubricant particles 24 can be present in water dispersions, Suspension or milk paper size applies CNS A4 specification ⑵Q χ 挪 Nuo Ai) 1228520 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (3〇) Chemical solution. If necessary, other solvents such as mineral oil or An alcohol (preferably less than about 5 weight percent) is added to the sizing composition. A non-limiting example of a preferred dispersion of about 25 weight percent of boron nitride particles in water is ORPAC BORON NITRIDE RELEASECOAT-CONC, which It is commercially available from ZYP Coatings Corporation (Oak Ridge, Tennessee). 'ORPAC BORON NITRIDE RELEASECOAT-CONC', Technical Bulletin of ZYP Coatings Corporation, which is incorporated herein by reference. The boron nitride particles in this product have an average particle size of less than about 3 microns and contain about 1 percent of magnesium-aluminum silicate to bind the boron nitride particles to the substrate to which the dispersion is applied. Other commercially available products available from ZYP Coatings include BORONNITRIDE LUBRICOAT® coatings, BRAZE STOP and WELD RELEASE products. Specific non-limiting examples of emulsions and dispersions of synthetic polymer particles made from acrylic polymers and copolymers, including: Rhoplex® GL_62327, which is an all acrylic hard polymer emulsion with a solid content of 45 weight . /. And the glass transition temperature is about 98 F; EMULSIONE-232128, which is a hard methacrylate polymer emulsion, has a solid content of 45 weight. /. And glass transition temperature is about 105 ° C; ROPAQUE® OP-96 (discussed above) is supplied as a dispersion having a particle size of 0.55 microns and a solid content of 30.5% by weight; ROPAQUE® OP-62 LO (discussed in Above), which is also an opaque, non-film-forming synthetic pigment dispersion with a particle size of 0.40 microns and a solids content of about 36.5 weight percent; and ROPAQUE® HP-1055 (discussed above), based on Printed product with solid 27 reference product titled: "Rhoplex® GL-623, self-crosslinking propionate adhesive for industrial nonwovens", March 1997, available from Rohm &amp; Haas (Philadelphia, PA), which is incorporated herein by reference. 2 8 Refer to the printed product properties, whose title is: &quot; Industrial Coatings for Building Products-Emulsion E-232Γ ·, 1 &quot; 0, available from Rohm &amp; Haas (Philadelphia, PA), which is incorporated herein by reference . -33- This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page). Manufacturing 1228520 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (31) 4 (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Dispersion with a content of about 26.5% by weight; all of them are commercially available from Rohm &amp; Haas Company (Philadelphia , Pennsylvania). Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Although not necessary, the particles 24 are preferably non-hydratable inorganic solid lubricant particles. The term "non-hydratable" as used herein means that the solid inorganic lubricant particles do not react with water molecules to form hydrates and do not contain water of hydration or crystallization. "Hydrate" is made by reacting water molecules with substances, in which the H_OH bond is not split. See R. Lewis, Sr., Hawley's Concise Chemical Dictionary, (12th edition, 1993), pages 609-610, and T. Perros, Chemistry, (1967), pages 186-187, which are incorporated herein by reference. for reference. Structurally hydratable inorganic materials are materials that contain at least one hydroxyl group in a layer of crystal lattice (but do not include warp groups in the surface plane of the unit structure, or materials that absorb water on the surface plane or by capillary action), such as , As shown in J. Mitchell, Basal Rabbits of Soil Behavior, (1976), Kaolin Structures given in Figure 3.8, page 34, and individually as in H. van Olphen, Clay Chemistry, (2nd ed. , 1977), shown in Figures 18 and 19 on page 62, in the mineral 1: 1 and 2: 1 layer structure, which are incorporated herein by reference. A "layer" lattice is a combination of flakes, which is a combination of atomic planes. See Minerals in the Soil Environment, American Academy of Soil Science (1977), pp. 196-199, which is incorporated herein by reference. The assembly of layers and interlayer substances (such as cations) is called a unit structure. Hydrate system contains coordination water, which makes cations coordinate in the hydrated material, and cannot be removed if the structure is not decomposed, and / or contains structured water, which will occupy interstitial spaces in the structure and increase Static energy without disturbing the balance of charge. See R. Evans, Introduction to Crystal Chemistry, (1948), page 276, which is incorporated herein by reference. -34-This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1228520

、發明說明(% (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、雖;、、:並非車义佳’但該含水上漿組合物,除了上文所討論 =可水合典機固體潤滑劑材料以外,可含有可水合或已 水合〈無機固體潤滑劑材料。此種可水合無機固體潤滑劑 料之非限制性實例’係爲黏土礦物葉矽酸鹽,包括雲母 (譬如白雲母)、滑石、蒙脱石、高嶺土及石膏。 、較佳情況是,此塗料組合物基本上不含可水合無機固體 潤滑劑粒子或磨料矽石粒子或碳酸鈣,意即,以總固體爲 基準,包含低於約20重量百分比之可水合無機潤滑劑粒子 磨料矽石粒子或碳酸鈣,更佳係低於約5重量百分比, 且最佳係低於0·001重量百分比。 在可用於本發明之一項替代具體實施例中,粒子24係製 自有機聚合材料,選自包括熱固性材料、熱塑性材料、澱 粉及其混合物。適當熱固性材料包括熱固性聚酯、乙烯基 酯類、環氧樹脂材料、酚醛塑料、胺基塑料、熱固性聚胺 基甲酸酯及其混合物,譬如下文所討論者。適當熱塑性材 料包括乙烯基聚合體、熱塑性聚酯、聚烯烴、聚醯胺、熱 塑性聚胺基甲酸酯、丙烯酸系聚合體及其混合物。較佳有 機粒子係呈微珠粒或中空球體形式。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 雖然並非必要,但在可用於本發明之一項具體實施例中 ,粒子24係爲導熱性,意即具有導熱係數爲每米κ大於約 30瓦特,且較佳爲每米κ大於約1〇〇瓦特,且更佳範圍爲每 米Κ約100至約2000瓦特。於本文中使用之,,導熱係數,,一詞 ,係意謂粒子24之性質,此性質係描述其轉移熱經過本身 之能力。參閱R· Lewis,Sr·,Hawley氏簡明1學辭典,(第12版 -35- $紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) I228520 A7 B7 五、 經 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 員 工 消 費 合 作 社 印 製 發明說明(33) ,1993),第3〇5頁,其係併於本文供參考。 固體材料之導熱係數,可藉熟諳此藝者所已知之任何方 法測定。例如,若欲被測試材料之導熱係數範圍爲每米&amp; 約0.001瓦特至每米κ約10〇瓦特,則此材料之導熱係數可根 據ASTMC-177-85 (其係併於本文供參考),使用較佳防護加 熱板方法,在約300Κ之溫度下測定。若欲被測試材料之導 熱係數範圍爲每米Κ約20瓦特至每米Κ約1200瓦特,則此 材料之導熱係數可根據ASTM 0^8·% (其係併於本文供參考) ’使用經防護熱通量感測器方法測定。咸信具有較高導熱 係數之材料,將更快速地使鑽孔操作期間自孔洞區域產生 之熱消散,而造成延長鑽孔尖壽命。於表Α中所選擇材料 之導熱係數,係包含在表B中。 雖然並非必要,但在可用於本發明之另一項具體實施例 中,粒子24爲電絕緣性或具有高電阻係數,意即具有電阻 係數大於約1000微歐姆_公分。對於習用電路板應用,較佳 係使用具有咼電阻係數之粒子,以抑制由於電子傳導參過 強化物所致之電信號損失。對特殊應用而言,譬如供微波 、射頻干擾及電磁干擾應用使用之電路板,不需要具有高 電阻係數之粒子。在表A中所選擇材料之電阻,係包含在 表B中。 熟諳此藝者應明暸的是,塗料組合物之粒子24可包+上 文所讨論粒子24之任何組合或混合物。更明確含之,梦子 24可包含製自任何上述用以形成粒子24之材料之其他粒子 -36- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) r訂·2. Description of the invention (% (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page), although;, :: not Che Yijia ', but the aqueous sizing composition, except for the above discussion = hydratable classic machine solid lubricant In addition to materials, it may contain hydratable or hydrated inorganic solid lubricant materials. Non-limiting examples of such hydratable inorganic solid lubricant materials are clay mineral phyllosilicates, including mica (such as muscovite), talc Montmorillonite, kaolin and gypsum. Preferably, the coating composition is substantially free of hydratable inorganic solid lubricant particles or abrasive silica particles or calcium carbonate, which means that based on the total solids, it contains low About 20% by weight of the hydratable inorganic lubricant particles, abrasive silica particles or calcium carbonate, more preferably less than about 5% by weight, and most preferably less than 0.001% by weight. In alternative embodiments, the particles 24 are made from an organic polymeric material and are selected from the group consisting of thermosetting materials, thermoplastic materials, starch, and mixtures thereof. Suitable thermosetting materials include thermosetting polyesters, B Alkenyl esters, epoxy materials, phenolic plastics, amine plastics, thermosetting polyurethanes, and mixtures thereof, such as those discussed below. Suitable thermoplastic materials include vinyl polymers, thermoplastic polyesters, polyolefins, Polyamines, thermoplastic polyurethanes, acrylic polymers and mixtures thereof. The preferred organic particles are in the form of microbeads or hollow spheres. Although printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, it is not necessary, but In a specific embodiment of the present invention, the particles 24 are thermally conductive, meaning that they have a thermal conductivity of greater than about 30 watts per meter of kappa, and preferably greater than about 100 watts per meter of kappa, and more preferably The range is from about 100 to about 2000 watts per meter K. As used herein, the term, thermal conductivity, refers to the property of particle 24, which describes its ability to transfer heat through itself. See R. Lewis , Sr ·, Hawley's Concise 1-Science Dictionary, (12th Edition -35- $ Paper Size Applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210 X 297 mm) I228520 A7 B7 V. Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs Employee Consumer Cooperatives printed invention description (33), 1993), page 305, which is incorporated herein by reference. The thermal conductivity of solid materials can be measured by any method known to those skilled in the art. For example, if The thermal conductivity of the material to be tested ranges from about 0.001 watts per meter to about 100 watts per meter κ, then the thermal conductivity of this material can be according to ASTMC-177-85 (which is incorporated herein by reference). The method of good protection heating plate is measured at a temperature of about 300K. If the thermal conductivity of the material to be tested ranges from about 20 watts per meter to about 1200 watts per meter, the thermal conductivity of this material can be according to ASTM 0 ^ 8 ·% (Which is incorporated herein by reference) 'Determined using a shielded heat flux sensor method. Xianxin materials with higher thermal conductivity will more quickly dissipate heat generated from the hole area during the drilling operation, which will prolong the life of the drilling tip. The thermal conductivity of the materials selected in Table A is included in Table B. Although not necessary, in another embodiment that can be used in the present invention, the particles 24 are electrically insulating or have a high electrical resistivity, meaning that they have a resistivity greater than about 1000 microohm-cm. For conventional circuit board applications, it is better to use particles with a 咼 resistivity in order to suppress the loss of electrical signals due to electron conduction through the reinforcement. For special applications, such as circuit boards for microwave, radio frequency interference, and electromagnetic interference applications, particles with high resistivity are not required. The resistances of the materials selected in Table A are included in Table B. Those skilled in the art should understand that the particles 24 of the coating composition can include any combination or mixture of particles 24 discussed above. More specifically, Mengzi 24 may include other particles made from any of the materials described above to form particles 24 -36- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read first (Notes on the back please fill out this page)

1228520 A7 B7 五、發明說明(34) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 固體潤滑劑粒子,若存在,則以總固體爲基準,可佔塗 料組合物之約1至約1重量百分比,較佳爲約1至約60重量 百分比。在一具體實施例中,此塗料組合物可含有約2至 約10重量百分比之氮化硼,以總固體爲基準。於本發明之 另一項具體實施例中,其中係使用不同粒子之組合,以總 固體爲基準,此塗料組合物含有約20至約60重量百分比之 粒子24,且較佳爲約35至約55重量百分比,且更佳爲約30 至約50重量百分比。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 此塗料組合物可進一步包含一或多種軟化劑或界面活性 劑,其係對纖維之表面賦予均勻電荷,造成纖維互相排斥 及降低纖維間之摩擦,以充作潤滑劑之功能。雖然並非必 要,但軟化劑較佳係於化學上與上文所討論之聚合材料不 同。雖然此塗料組合物可包含至高約60重量百分比之軟化 劑,但此塗料組合物較佳係基本上不含軟化劑,意即含有 低於約10重量百分比之軟化劑,且更佳爲含有低於約5重 量百分比之軟化劑。此種軟化劑之實例,包括陽離子性、 非離子性或陰離子性軟化劑及其混合物,譬如脂肪酸之胺 鹽,烷基咪唑啉衍生物,譬如CATION X,其可市購得自 Rhone Poulenc (Princeton,New Jersey),酸促溶之脂肪酸酸胺,月旨 肪酸與聚乙烯亞胺及醯胺取代之聚乙烯亞胺之縮合物,譬 如EMERY® 6717,爲一種部份醯胺化之聚乙烯亞胺,可市購 得自Henkel公司(Kankakee,Illinois)。關於軟化劑之更多訊息, 可參閱A. J. Hall,織物整理,第2版(1957),第108-115頁,其係併 於本文供參考。 -37- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1228520 A7 B7 五、發明說明(35) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 此塗料組合物可包含一或多種乳化劑,用以乳化或分散 塗料組合物之成份,譬如有機與無機粒子。適當乳化劑或 界面活性劑之非限制性實例,包括聚氧化烯嵌段共聚物( 譬如PLURONICTMF-108聚氧化丙烯-聚氧化乙烯共聚物,其 可市購得自BASF公司(Parsippany,New Jersey)),乙氧基化燒基 酚(譬如IGEPAL CA_630乙氧基化辛基苯氧乙醇,其可市購得 自GAF公司(Wayne,New Jersey),聚氧化乙烯辛基苯基二醇醚 ,花楸醇醋之環氧乙燒衍生物,聚氧乙基化植物油(譬如 ALKAMULSEL-719,其可市購得自Rhone-Poulenc)及壬基酚界 面活性劑(譬如MACOLNP·6,其可市購得自BASF (Parsippany, New Jersey))。一般而言,乳化劑之量,以總固體爲基準, 其範圍可爲塗料組合物之約1至約30重量百分比。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 此塗料組合物可進一步包含一或多種潤滑物質,其在化 學上與上文所討論之聚合材料及軟化劑不同,以在織造期 間對纖維股線賦予所要之加工處理特性。適當潤滑物質可 選自包括油類、蠟類、油脂類及其混合物。可用於本發明 之蠟物質之非限制性實例,包括含水可溶性、可乳化或可 分散性躐物質,譬如植物、動物、礦物、合成或石油鱲, 例如石蠟。可用於本發明之油類,包括天然油類、半合成 油類及合成油類。一般而言,蠟或其他潤滑物質之量,以 總固體爲基準,其範圍可爲上漿組合物之〇至約80重量百 分比,較佳爲約1至約50重量百分比,更佳爲約20至約40 重量百分比,且最佳爲約25至約35重量百分比。 較佳潤滑物質包括具有極性特徵之蠟類與油類,且更佳 -38- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1228520 A7 _____ B7 五、發明說明(36) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 係包含具有極性特徵之高度結晶性蠟,及熔點高於約35°C ,且更佳爲高於約45Ό。當與已塗覆含有未具極性特徵之 蠟類與油類之上漿組合物之纖維股線比較時,咸認此種物 質係改良極性樹脂在纖維股線上之浸濕與濕透,此股線已 塗覆含有此種極性物質之上漿組合物。具有極性特徵之較 佳潤滑物質,包括製自使⑴單羧酸與(2)單羥醇反應之酯類 。可用於本發明之此種脂肪酸酯類之非限制性實例,包括 棕櫚酸鯨蠟酯,其係爲較佳的(譬如可以KESSCO 653或 STEPANTEX 653,得自 Stepan 公司(Maywood,New Jersey))、肉豆 蔻酸鯨蠟酯(亦可以STEPANLUBE 654,得自Stepan公司)、月 桂酸鯨蠟酯、月桂酸十八基酯、肉豆蔻酸十八基酯、棕櫚 酸十八基酯及硬脂酸十八基酯。可用於本發明之其他脂肪 酸酯潤滑物質,包括三壬酸三羥甲基丙烷酯、天然鯨蠟及 甘油三酯油類,譬如但不限於大豆油、亞麻油、環氧化大 豆油及環氧化亞麻油。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 雖然並非較佳,但此塗料組合物可包含一或多種其他潤 滑物質,譬如非極性石油蠟,以代替或外加上文所討論之 潤滑物質。非極性石油蠟之非限制性實例,包括MICHEM® LUBE 296 微晶蠟,POLYMEKON® SPP-W 微晶蠟,及 PETROLITE 75微晶虫鼠’其可個別市講得自Michelman公司(Cincinnati, Ohio) 與 Petrolite 公司(Tulsa,Oklahoma) 〇 雖然並非必要,但若需要則此塗料組合物亦可包含樹脂 反應性稀釋劑,以進一步改良本發明經塗覆纖維股線之潤 滑作用,及在此種製造操作期間,藉由降低起毛、暈疵及 -39- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1228520 a7 B7 五、發明說明(37) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 斷裂纖絲之可能性,以在織造與針織中提供良好加工性, 同時保持樹脂相容性。於本文中使用之”樹脂反應性稀釋 劑”,係意謂此稀釋劑包含官能基,其能夠以化學方式和 可與塗料組合物相容之相同樹脂反應。此稀釋劑可爲任何 下述潤滑劑,其具有一或多個會與樹脂系統反應之官能基 ,較佳爲會與環氧樹脂系統反應之官能基,且更佳爲會與 FR-4環氧樹脂系統反應之官能基。適當潤滑劑之非限制性 實例,包括具有胺基、醇基、酐基、酸基或環氧基之潤滑 劑。具有胺基之潤滑劑之非限制性實例,係爲經改質之聚 乙烯胺,例如EMERY 6717,其係爲部份醯胺化之聚乙烯亞 胺,可市購得自Henkel公司(Kankakee, Illinois)。具有醇基之潤 滑劑之非限制性實例,爲聚乙二醇,例如CARBOWAX 300, 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印制衣 其係爲聚乙二醇,可市購得自Union Carbide公司(Danbury, Connecticut)。具有酸基之潤滑劑之非限制性實例,係爲脂防 酸類,例如硬脂酸及硬脂酸之鹽。具有環氧基之潤滑劑之 非限制性實例,包括環氧化大豆油與環氧化亞麻油,例如 FLEXOL LOE,其係環氧化亞麻油,與FLEXOL EPO,其係爲環 氧化大豆油,可市購得自Union Carbide公司(Danbury, Connecticut) ,及LE-9300環氧化聚矽氧乳化液,其可市購得自Witco OSi 特用品公司(Danbury,Connecticut)。雖然在本發明中並無限制 ,但此上漿組合物可包含如上文所討論之樹脂反應性稀釋 劑,其量至高爲上漿組合物之約15重量百分比,以總固體 爲基準。 交聯材料,譬如三聚氰胺甲醛,及增塑劑,譬如鄰苯二 -40 ~ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) 1228520 A7 B7 五、發明說明(38) 甲酸酯、1,2,4-苯三甲酸酯及己二酸酯,亦可包含在塗料組 合物中。此交聯劑或增塑劑之量,其範圍可爲塗料組合物 之約1至約5重量百分比,以總固體爲基準。 可將其他添加劑加入該塗料組合物中,譬如聚碎氧、殺 眞菌劑、殺細菌劑及消泡物質,其量通常低於約5重量百 分比。亦可加入有機及/或無機酸或驗,其量足以提供具 有pH値爲約2至約10之塗料組合物。適當聚矽氧乳化液之 非限制性實例,爲LE-9300環氧化聚矽氧乳化液,其可市購 得自OSi特用品公司(Danbury, Connecticut)。適當殺細菌劑之實 例爲BIOMET 66抗微生物化合物,其可市購得自Μ &amp; T化學 品(Rahway,New Jersey)。適當消泡物質爲SAG物質,其可市購 得自 OSi特用品公司(Danbmy,Connecticut),及 MAZUDF_136,其 可得自BASF公司(Parsippany,New Jersey)。若需要可將氫氧化 銨加入塗料組合物中,以提供安定化作用。較佳係在塗料 組合物中加入水(較佳係經去離子),其量係足以幫助大致 上均勻塗層之塗敷於股線上,通常其量爲約25至約99重量 百分比。含水塗料組合物之固體之重量百分比,其一般範 圍爲約1至約75重量百分比。 此塗料組合物較佳係爲基本上不含玻璃材料。於本文中 使用之”基本上不含玻璃材料” 一詞,係意謂此塗料组合物 包含低於20體積百分比用以形成玻璃複合物之玻璃基質材 料,較佳係低於約5體積百分比,且更佳係不含玻璃材料 。此種玻璃基質材料之實例,包括黑色玻璃陶瓷基質材料 或鋁矽酸鹽基質材料,譬如熟諳此藝者所習知者。 -41 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ·#裝 線. 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1228520 A7 B7 五、發明說明(39) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 在供本發明電路板用之織物之一項非限制性具體實施例 中,經塗覆纖維股線之玻璃纖維,已於其上塗敷含水上漿 組合物之乾燥殘留物之一次層,該組合物包含PolarTherm® 160 氮化硼粉末及 / 或 ORPAC BORON NITRIDE RELEASECOAT-CONC分散體、PVP K-30聚乙烯基四氫吡咯酮、A-174丙烯酸 官能性有機矽烷偶合劑、A-187環氧基官能性有機矽烷偶合 劑、ALKAMULS EL-719聚氧乙基化植物油、EMERY® 6717部份 醯胺化聚乙烯亞胺、RD-847A聚酯、DESMOPHEN 2000聚酯、 PLURONICS F-108聚氧&gt;ί匕丙# -聚氧化乙少希共聚物、IC01SOL ΝΡ-6烷氧基化壬基酚及SAG 10消泡物質。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 在供本發明電路板用之織物之另一項具體實施例中,本 發明經塗覆纖維股線之玻璃纖維,已於其上塗敷含水上漿 組合物之乾燥殘留物之一次層,該組合物包含PolarTherm® 160 氮化硼粉末及 / 或 ORPAC BORON NITRIDE RELEASECOAT-CONC分散體、RD-847A聚酯、PVP Κ·30聚乙烯基四氫吡咯酮 、DESMOPHEN 2000聚醋、Α-174丙烯酸官能性有機矽烷偶合 劑、A-187環氧基官能性有機矽烷偶合劑、PLURONICS F-108 聚氧化丙烯-聚氧化乙烯共聚物、VERSAMID 140聚醯胺及 MACOL NP-6 壬基酚。 在用以織造供層合印刷電路板用之織物之又另一項具體 實施例中,本發明經塗覆纖維股線之玻璃纖維,具有含水 一次上漿組合物之乾燥殘留物之一次層,該組合物包含 ROPAQUE®HP-1055 及 / 或 ROPAQUE®OC-96 苯乙烯-丙烯酸系 共聚物中空球體、PVP K-30聚乙烯基四氫吡咯酮、A-174丙 ___-42-_ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1228520 A7 B7 五、發明說明(4〇) 烯酸官能性有機矽烷偶合劑及A-187環氧基官能性有機矽烷 偶合劑、EMERY® 6717部份醯胺化聚乙#亞胺、 STEPANTEX 653棕櫚酸鯨蠟酯、花楸醇酯之TMAZ 81環氧乙 烷衍生物、MACOL OP-10乙氧基化烷基酚及MAZU DF-136消 泡物質。此外,此具體實施例可視情況進一步包含Polar Therm® 160 氮化硼粉末及 / 或 ORPAC BORON NITRIDE RELEASE COAT-CONC 分散體。 可用於本發明之塗料組合物,可藉任何適當方法製成, 譬如熟諳此藝者所習知之習用混合。較佳係將上文所討論 之成份,以水稀釋至具有所要之重量百分比固體,並混合 在一起。可在與塗料之其他成份混合之前,將粉末狀粒子 與水預混合,或添加至聚合材料中。 塗料係以多種方式塗敷至纖維,例如經由使纖絲與滾筒 或皮帶給液器接觸,噴塗或其他方式。較佳係使經塗覆之 纖維在室溫下或在高溫下乾燥。乾燥機係自纖維移除過量 水份,及若有任何可熟化塗料組合物成份存在,則使其熟 化。用以使玻璃纖維乾燥之溫度與時間,係依一些變數而 定,譬如塗料組合物中之固體百分比,塗料組合物之成份 及玻璃纖維類型。塗料組合物典型上係以已乾燥之膠漿殘 留物存在於纖維上,於乾燥後其量係在約0.1重量百分比與 約25重量百分比之間。纖維之灼燒損失通常係低於約1.0重 量百分比,較佳係低於約0.5重量百分比,且更佳範圍爲約 0.01至約0.45重量百分比。於本文中使用之”灼燒損失&quot;一詞 ,係意謂經乾燥塗料組合物存在於纖維股線表面上之重量 -43- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印制衣1228520 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (34) (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Solid lubricant particles, if present, based on the total solids, which can account for about 1 to about 1 weight of the coating composition The percentage is preferably from about 1 to about 60 weight percent. In a specific embodiment, the coating composition may contain about 2 to about 10 weight percent boron nitride based on the total solids. In another specific embodiment of the present invention, wherein a combination of different particles is used, based on the total solids, the coating composition contains about 20 to about 60 weight percent of particles 24, and preferably about 35 to about 55 weight percent, and more preferably about 30 to about 50 weight percent. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, this coating composition may further contain one or more softeners or surfactants, which impart a uniform charge to the surface of the fibers, causing the fibers to repel each other and reduce the friction between the fibers to charge Function as a lubricant. Although not required, the softener is preferably chemically different from the polymeric materials discussed above. Although the coating composition may contain up to about 60 weight percent softener, the coating composition is preferably substantially free of softener, meaning less than about 10 weight percent softener, and more preferably low Softener at about 5 weight percent. Examples of such softeners include cationic, nonionic or anionic softeners and mixtures thereof, such as amine salts of fatty acids, alkylimidazoline derivatives, such as CATION X, which are commercially available from Rhone Poulenc (Princeton , New Jersey), acid-soluble fatty acid amines, condensation products of fatty acids with polyethyleneimine and ammonium-substituted polyethyleneimine, such as EMERY® 6717, is a partially ammonium-modified polyethylene Imine is commercially available from Henkel Corporation (Kankakee, Illinois). For more information on softeners, see A. J. Hall, Fabric Finishing, 2nd Edition (1957), pages 108-115, which is incorporated herein by reference. -37- This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1228520 A7 B7 V. Description of Invention (35) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This coating composition can be Contains one or more emulsifiers to emulsify or disperse ingredients of the coating composition, such as organic and inorganic particles. Non-limiting examples of suitable emulsifiers or surfactants include polyoxyalkylene block copolymers (such as PLURONICTMF-108 polyoxypropylene-polyoxyethylene copolymers, which are commercially available from BASF Corporation (Parsippany, New Jersey) ), Ethoxylated alkylphenol (such as IGEPL CA_630 ethoxylated octylphenoxyethanol, which is commercially available from GAF Company (Wayne, New Jersey), polyoxyethylene octylphenyl glycol ether, flower Ethylene glycol derivative of acetic acid, polyoxyethylated vegetable oil (such as ALKAMULSEL-719, which is commercially available from Rhone-Poulenc) and nonylphenol surfactant (such as MACOLNP · 6, which is commercially available) Obtained from BASF (Parsippany, New Jersey). Generally speaking, the amount of emulsifier, based on total solids, can range from about 1 to about 30 weight percent of the coating composition. Employees' Cooperatives, Bureau of Intellectual Property, Ministry of Economic Affairs The printed coating composition may further include one or more lubricating substances that are chemically different from the polymeric materials and softeners discussed above to impart the desired processing characteristics to the fiber strands during weaving. The slippery substance may be selected from the group consisting of oils, waxes, greases, and mixtures thereof. Non-limiting examples of waxy substances that can be used in the present invention include water-soluble, emulsifiable or dispersible amidines, such as plants, animals, minerals , Synthetic or petroleum tincture, such as paraffin. The oils that can be used in the present invention include natural oils, semi-synthetic oils and synthetic oils. Generally speaking, the amount of wax or other lubricating substances is based on the total solids, which The range may be from 0 to about 80 weight percent of the sizing composition, preferably from about 1 to about 50 weight percent, more preferably from about 20 to about 40 weight percent, and most preferably from about 25 to about 35 weight percent. Good lubricating substances include waxes and oils with polar characteristics, and better -38- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1228520 A7 _____ B7 V. Description of the invention (36) (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) It contains highly crystalline wax with polar characteristics, and its melting point is higher than about 35 ° C, and more preferably higher than about 45 °. Of polar characteristics When comparing the fiber strands of wax and oil sizing compositions, it is recognized that this substance is an improved wetting and penetration of polar resin on the fiber strands. This strand has been coated with such polar substances. Slurry compositions. Preferred lubricating substances having polar characteristics include esters made by reacting fluorene monocarboxylic acid with (2) monohydric alcohols. Non-limiting examples of such fatty acid esters useful in the present invention include Cetyl palmitate, which is preferred (for example, KESSCO 653 or STEPENTEX 653, available from Stepan Company (Maywood, New Jersey)), cetyl myristate (also available as STEPANLUBE 654, available from Stepan Company) , Cetyl laurate, stearyl laurate, stearyl myristate, stearyl palmitate, and stearyl stearate. Other fatty acid ester lubricating materials that can be used in the present invention include trimethylolpropane trinonanoate, natural cetyl wax, and triglyceride oils, such as but not limited to soybean oil, linseed oil, epoxidized soybean oil, and epoxidized Linseed oil. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Although not preferred, this coating composition may contain one or more other lubricating substances, such as non-polar petroleum wax, instead of or in addition to the lubricating substances discussed herein. Non-limiting examples of non-polar petroleum waxes include MICHEM® LUBE 296 Microcrystalline Wax, POLYMEKON® SPP-W Microcrystalline Wax, and PETROLITE 75 Microcrystalline Worm 'which are available separately from Michelman Corporation (Cincinnati, Ohio) And Petrolite (Tulsa, Oklahoma) 〇 Although not necessary, this coating composition may also contain a resin reactive diluent if necessary to further improve the lubricating effect of the coated fiber strands of the present invention, and in such manufacturing During operation, by reducing fluffing, halo and -39- This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1228520 a7 B7 V. Description of the invention (37) (Please read the note on the back first Please fill out this page again) The possibility of breaking filaments to provide good processability in weaving and knitting while maintaining resin compatibility. As used herein, "resin-reactive diluent" means that the diluent contains a functional group that is capable of reacting chemically with the same resin that is compatible with the coating composition. This diluent can be any of the following lubricants, which have one or more functional groups that will react with the resin system, preferably functional groups that will react with the epoxy resin system, and more preferably will react with the FR-4 ring Functional group for oxygen resin system reaction. Non-limiting examples of suitable lubricants include those having amine, alcohol, anhydride, acid or epoxy groups. Non-limiting examples of amine-based lubricants are modified polyethylene amines, such as EMERY 6717, which is a partially fluorinated polyethylene imine, commercially available from Henkel Corporation (Kankakee, Illinois). A non-limiting example of an alcohol-based lubricant is polyethylene glycol, such as CARBOWAX 300, printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, which is a polyethylene glycol, commercially available from Union Carbide ( Danbury, Connecticut). Non-limiting examples of acid-based lubricants are fatty acids such as stearic acid and salts of stearic acid. Non-limiting examples of lubricants having epoxy groups include epoxidized soybean oil and epoxidized linseed oil, such as FLEXOL LOE, which is an epoxidized linseed oil, and FLEXOL EPO, which is an epoxidized soybean oil, which is commercially available Available from Union Carbide (Danbury, Connecticut), and LE-9300 Epoxidized Polysiloxane Emulsion, which is commercially available from Witco OSi Specialty Company (Danbury, Connecticut). Although not limiting in the present invention, this sizing composition may include a resin-reactive diluent, as discussed above, in an amount up to about 15 weight percent of the sizing composition, based on total solids. Cross-linking materials, such as melamine formaldehyde, and plasticizers, such as o-phenylenedi-40 ~ This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 public love) 1228520 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (38) A Ester, 1,2,4- trimellitate and adipate may also be included in the coating composition. The amount of this crosslinking agent or plasticizer may range from about 1 to about 5 weight percent of the coating composition, based on the total solids. Other additives may be added to the coating composition, such as polyoxygen, fungicides, bactericides, and antifoaming materials, and the amount is usually less than about 5 weight percent. Organic and / or inorganic acids may also be added in an amount sufficient to provide a coating composition having a pH of about 2 to about 10. A non-limiting example of a suitable silicone emulsion is LE-9300 epoxidized silicone emulsion, which is commercially available from OSi Specialty Products Corporation (Danbury, Connecticut). An example of a suitable bactericide is BIOMET 66 antimicrobial compound, which is commercially available from M &amp; T Chemicals (Rahway, New Jersey). Suitable defoaming substances are SAG substances, which are commercially available from OSi Specialties Corporation (Danbmy, Connecticut), and MAZUDF_136, which are available from BASF Corporation (Parsippany, New Jersey). If desired, ammonium hydroxide can be added to the coating composition to provide stabilization. Water (preferably deionized) is preferably added to the coating composition in an amount sufficient to assist the application of a substantially uniform coating to the strands, typically in an amount of about 25 to about 99 weight percent. The weight percentage of solids of the aqueous coating composition generally ranges from about 1 to about 75 weight percent. The coating composition is preferably substantially free of glass materials. As used herein, the term "substantially free of glass materials" means that the coating composition comprises less than 20 volume percent of a glass matrix material used to form a glass composite, preferably less than about 5 volume percent, And more preferably it does not contain glass material. Examples of such glass matrix materials include black glass ceramic matrix materials or aluminosilicate matrix materials, such as those known to those skilled in the art. -41-This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) · # 装 线. Printed by the Employees ’Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 1228520 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (39) (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) In a non-limiting specific embodiment of the fabric for the circuit board of the present invention, the coated fiber strands Glass fiber, a primary layer on which a dry residue of an aqueous sizing composition has been applied, the composition comprising PolarTherm® 160 boron nitride powder and / or ORPAC BORON NITRIDE RELEASECOAT-CONC dispersion, PVP K-30 polyethylene Tetrahydropyrrolidone, A-174 acrylic functional organic silane coupling agent, A-187 epoxy functional organic silane coupling agent, ALKAMULS EL-719 polyoxyethylated vegetable oil, EMERY® 6717 partially fluorinated polyamine Ethyleneimine, RD-847A Polyester, DESMOPHEN 2000 Polyester, PLURONICS F-108 Polyoxy &gt; Polypropylene # -Polyoxyethylene Shaoxi Copolymer, IC01SOL NP-6 Alkoxylated Nonylphenol and SAG 10 Antifoaming substance. Printed in another embodiment of the fabric for the circuit board of the present invention by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the glass fiber of the coated fiber strand of the present invention has been coated with an aqueous sizing composition. Primary layer of dry residue, the composition contains PolarTherm® 160 boron nitride powder and / or ORPAC BORON NITRIDE RELEASECOAT-CONC dispersion, RD-847A polyester, PVP κ · 30 polyvinyl tetrahydropyrrolidone, DESMOPHEN 2000 Polyacetic acid, A-174 acrylic functional organic silane coupling agent, A-187 epoxy functional organic silane coupling agent, PLURONICS F-108 polyoxypropylene-polyoxyethylene copolymer, VERSAMID 140 polyamine and MACOL NP -6 Nonylphenol. In yet another specific embodiment for weaving a fabric for laminated printed circuit boards, the glass fiber of the coated fiber strand of the present invention has a primary layer of a dry residue of an aqueous primary sizing composition, The composition contains ROPAQUE® HP-1055 and / or ROPAQUE® OC-96 styrenic-acrylic copolymer hollow spheres, PVP K-30 polyvinyltetrahydropyrrolidone, A-174 propyl ___- 42-_ this Paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1228520 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (4〇) olefinic acid functional organic silane coupling agent and A-187 epoxy functional organic silane coupling agent EMERY® 6717 Partially Aminated Polyethylenimide, STEPANTEX 653 Cetyl Palmitate, Anthocyanin Derivatives of TMAZ 81, MACOL OP-10 Ethoxylated Alkyl Phenol, and MAZU DF-136 antifoaming substance. In addition, this embodiment may optionally include Polar Therm® 160 boron nitride powder and / or ORPAC BORON NITRIDE RELEASE COAT-CONC dispersion. The coating composition which can be used in the present invention can be made by any suitable method, such as a conventional mixture known to those skilled in the art. Preferably, the ingredients discussed above are diluted with water to a desired weight percent solids and mixed together. The powdered particles can be pre-mixed with water or added to the polymeric material before mixing with the other ingredients of the coating. Coatings are applied to the fibers in a variety of ways, such as by contacting the filaments with a roller or belt dispenser, spraying or otherwise. Preferably, the coated fibers are dried at room temperature or at an elevated temperature. The dryer removes excess moisture from the fibers and cures any curable coating composition ingredients if present. The temperature and time used to dry the glass fibers depend on some variables, such as the percentage of solids in the coating composition, the composition of the coating composition, and the type of glass fiber. The coating composition is typically present on the fibers as dried pulp residues, and after drying, the amount is between about 0.1 weight percent and about 25 weight percent. The burning loss of the fiber is generally less than about 1.0 weight percent, preferably less than about 0.5 weight percent, and a more preferred range is from about 0.01 to about 0.45 weight percent. The term "burning loss" as used herein means the weight of the dried coating composition present on the surface of the fiber strands. -43- This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297) (Mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Print the printed clothes of the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

1228520 五、發明說明(μ ) 百分比,其係藉下列方程式測得: LOI = 100 x [(W乾燥_W裸露)薄乾燥] 其中…乾燥爲纖維股線加上塗料組合物在約220T (約i〇4°C 下之烘箱中乾燥約60分鐘後之殘留物之重量,而…裸露爲經 由將纖維股線在約115〇Τ (約62rc )下之烘箱中加熱約2〇分 鐘,以移除塗料組合物之殘留物後,裸露纖維股線之重量 可將一層二次塗料組合物,塗敷於上文所討論之塗料組 合物層上’其量係有效塗覆或浸潰經塗覆之股線部份,例 如經由將已塗覆之股線浸泡在含有二次塗料組合物之浴液 中’將二次塗料組合物噴塗在已塗覆之股線上,或經由使 已塗覆之股線與如上文所討論之給液器接觸。可使已塗覆 &lt;股線通過模口,以自股線移除過量塗料組合物,及/或 如上文所討論之方式進行乾燥,歷經足以至少部份乾燥或 熟化二次塗料組合物之時間。用以塗敷二次塗料組合物至 股線之方法與裝置,一部份係決定於股線材料之型態。此 股線較佳係在塗敷二次塗料組合物後,以此項技藝中所習 知之方式乾燥。 適當二次塗料組合物可包含一或多種成膜材料、潤滑劑 及其他添加劑,譬如上文所討論者。二次塗料較佳係與上 漿組合物不同,意即其⑴含有至少一種成份,其在化學上 與上漿組合物之成份不同;或⑺含有至少一種成份,其量 係與上漿組合物中包含之相同成份之量不同。包含聚胺基 甲酸醋之適當二次塗料組合物之非限制性實例,係揭示於 -44 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(21〇 x 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} . mmmme 1 ϋ ·ϋ ϋ 1· ϋ a.— I I— &gt;n ·1228520 V. Description of the invention (μ) The percentage is measured by the following equation: LOI = 100 x [(W dry_W bare) thin dry] where ... drying is the fiber strand plus the coating composition at about 220T (about The weight of the residue after drying in an oven at 104 ° C for about 60 minutes, and ... exposed by heating the fiber strands in an oven at about 115 ° T (about 62rc) for about 20 minutes to remove After removing the residue of the coating composition, the weight of the bare fiber strands can be coated with a layer of the secondary coating composition on the coating composition layer discussed above. The amount is effectively applied or impregnated. The strand portion, for example, by immersing the coated strand in a bath containing the secondary coating composition, 'spraying the secondary coating composition onto the coated strand, or by applying the coated strand The strand is in contact with the dispenser as discussed above. The coated &lt; strand may be passed through the die to remove excess coating composition from the strand, and / or dried as discussed above, through Time sufficient to at least partially dry or cure the secondary coating composition. The method and device for applying the secondary coating composition to the strand are partly determined by the type of the strand material. The strand is preferably applied in this technique after applying the secondary coating composition. Dry in a conventional manner. A suitable secondary coating composition may include one or more film-forming materials, lubricants, and other additives, such as those discussed above. The secondary coating is preferably different from the sizing composition, meaning Contains at least one ingredient that is chemically different from the ingredients of the sizing composition; or ⑺ contains at least one ingredient in an amount that is different from the amount of the same ingredient contained in the sizing composition. It is appropriate to include polyurethane A non-limiting example of a secondary coating composition is disclosed in -44-This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (21 × 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page} . mmmme 1 ϋ · ϋ ϋ 1 · ϋ a.— II— &gt; n ·

經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 1228520 _______B7 五、發明說明(42) 美國專利4,762,750與4,762,751中,其係併於本文供參考。 在本發明之一項替代具體實施例中,纖維股線之玻璃纖 維可於其上已塗敷習用上漿組合物,或可包含上文所討論 量之任何膠漿成份之上漿組合物之乾燥殘留物之一次塗^ 。適當上漿組合物之實例,係敘述於Loewenstdn,第237_291頁 (第3版,I&quot;3)及美國專利4,390,647與4,795,678中,其每一個均 併於本文供參考。將可用於本發明且於本文中揭示之一層 二次塗料組合物,塗敷至一次塗層之至少一部份上,且較 佳係覆蓋其整個外邵表面。二次塗料組合物可包含一或多 種上文所討論之粒子類型’及/或在下文表B中所提出者 。應注意的是,數種此等粒子係具有莫氏硬度大於對玻璃 纖維所預期者,意即約4.5至約6。但是,由於此等粒子係 爲不會直接接觸玻璃纖維表面之二次塗料組合物之一部份 ,故此等較高硬度不會不利地影嚮玻璃纖維,且爲可接受 的0Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 1228520 _______B7 V. Description of Invention (42) US Patents 4,762,750 and 4,762,751, which are incorporated herein by reference. In an alternative embodiment of the present invention, the glass fibers of the fiber strands may have a conventional sizing composition applied thereto, or may include any of the size components of the sizing composition in the amounts discussed above. One coat of dry residue ^. Examples of suitable sizing compositions are described in Loewenstdn, pages 237-291 (3rd edition, I &quot; 3) and U.S. Patents 4,390,647 and 4,795,678, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. A layer of a secondary coating composition that can be used in the present invention and disclosed herein is applied to at least a portion of the primary coating and preferably covers its entire outer surface. The secondary coating composition may include one or more of the particle types discussed above 'and / or those set forth in Table B below. It should be noted that several of these particle systems have a Mohs hardness greater than that expected for glass fibers, meaning about 4.5 to about 6. However, because these particles are part of a secondary coating composition that does not directly contact the surface of the glass fiber, these higher hardnesses do not adversely affect the glass fiber and are acceptable.

表B __ 45 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) &quot; ^ (請先閱讀背面之注咅?事項再填寫本頁) 裝 ---! _ P 訂-------· 典機固 體材料 導熱係數 (W/m K 於 300K 下) 電阻 (微歐姆·公分) 莫氏硬度 (原始等級) 氮化硼 約 20029 1·7χ101930 ------- ^ 約231 磷化硼1 約 35032 - 約 9·533 —---—| 29G. Slack,&quot;具有高導熱係數之非金屬結晶,I Phys. Chem. SolidsnQ?^第34矣 第322頁,其係併於本文供參考。 3 G A. Weimer (編著),碳化物,氮化物及硼化物材料合成與加工處理(1997、 第654頁。 h 31摩擦,磨耗.潤湣.第27頁。 3 2 G· Slack,&quot;具有高導熱係數之非金屬結晶,J. Phys. Chem. Solids(l973、第34表 第325頁,其係併於本文供參考。 3 3 R. Lewis,Sr.,Hawley氏簡明化學辭典.(第12版,1993),第164頁,其係供 於本文供參考。 、. 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1228520 A7 B7 五 發明說明(43) 無機固 體材料 磷化鋁 氮化鋁 氮化鎵 匕鎵 碳化石夕 氮化矽 氧化鈹 氧化鋅 硫化鋅 表B (續) 導熱係數 (W/m K 於 300K 下) 約 13034 約 2003 5 約 17038 約 10039 約 27040 約 3043 約 24046 約26 約 2549 電阻 (微歐姆-公分) 大於101936 4χ 105至 1 X 10641 1019 至 102044 2.7χ 105 至 1.2χ101250 莫氏硬度 (原始等級) 約937 大於94 2 約945 約947 約 4.548 約 3.5-45 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 張 紙 本 3 4 G‘ Slack,&quot;具有高導熱係數之非金屬結晶,j. Phys. Chem s〇lidsm7u筮w女 第333頁,其係併於本文供參考。 —^ 一― G. Slack,&quot;具有咼導熱係數之非金屬結晶,j phys. Chem. SolidsilWU筮u 1 第329頁,其係併於本文供參考。 — - 3 6 A. Weimer (編著),碳化物,氮化物及硼化物材料合成與加工處 第654頁。 聲王Viw/ 37摩擦,磨耗,潤滑_第27頁。 一 &quot;具有咼導熱係數之非金屬結晶,J Phys. Chem. SolidsH973、第34卷 G. Slack,1具有咼導熱係數之非金屬結晶,j phys chem. Solidsil9731镔以龙 第321頁,其係併於本文供參考。 卷 4Q逖電子封裝手册第36頁,其係併於本文供參考。Table B __ 45-This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) &quot; ^ (Please read the note on the back? Matters before filling out this page) Binding ---! _ P Order ------- · Thermal conductivity of solid materials (W / m K at 300K) Resistance (micro-ohm · cm) Mohs hardness (original grade) Boron nitride approximately 20029 1 · 7χ101930 ----- -^ About 231 boron phosphide 1 about 35032-about 9.533 ------| 29G. Slack, &quot; Non-metallic crystals with high thermal conductivity, I Phys. Chem. SolidsnQ? ^ 34th, 322nd Page, which is incorporated herein by reference. 3 G A. Weimer (eds.), Synthesis and Processing of Carbide, Nitride, and Boride Materials (1997, p. 654. h 31 Friction, Wear. Run. P. 27. 3 2 G. Slack, &quot; Non-metallic crystals with high thermal conductivity, J. Phys. Chem. Solids (l973, Table 34, page 325, which is incorporated herein by reference. 3 3 R. Lewis, Sr., Hawley's Concise Chemical Dictionary. 12th edition, 1993), page 164, which is provided for reference herein.. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, 1228520 A7 B7. Five Descriptions of Inventions (43) Inorganic solid materials aluminum phosphide aluminum nitride aluminum Gallium carbide gallium carbide silicon nitride beryllium oxide zinc zinc sulfide Table B (continued) Thermal conductivity (W / m K at 300K) about 13034 about 2003 5 about 17038 about 10039 about 27040 about 3043 about 24046 about 26 about 2549 resistance (microohm-cm) greater than 101936 4χ 105 to 1 X 10641 1019 to 102044 2.7χ 105 to 1.2χ 101250 Mohs hardness (original grade) about 937 over 94 2 about 945 about 947 about 4.548 about 3.5-45 (please first (Read the notes on the back and fill out this page) Bureau employee consumer cooperative prints 3 4 G 'Slack, &quot; Non-metallic crystal with high thermal conductivity, j. Phys. Chem solidsm7u 筮 w, p. 333, which is incorporated herein by reference. — ^ I. G. Slack, &quot; Non-metallic crystals with 咼 thermal conductivity, j phys. Chem. SolidsilWU 筮 u 1 p. 329, which is incorporated herein by reference.--3 6 A. Weimer (ed.), Carbide, Nitride and Boride Materials Synthesis and Processing Division, page 654. Sound King Viw / 37 Friction, Wear, Lubrication _ page 27.-Non-metallic crystals with thermal conductivity of 咼, J Phys. Chem. SolidsH973 G. Slack, Vol. 34, 1 Non-metallic crystals with 咼 thermal conductivity, j phys chem. Solidsil9731 镔 Yilong page 321, which is incorporated herein by reference. Vol. 4Q 逖 Electronic Packaging Manual, page 36, which is And for reference in this article.

A. Weimer (編著),碳化物,氮化物及硼化物材料合成與加工處理 第653頁,其係併於本文供參考。 ’I 42摩擦,磨耗,潤滑.第27百〇 ^邀.._電子封裝手册,第36頁,其係併於本文供參考。 4 4 A. Weimer (編著),碳化物,氮化物及硼化物材料合成與加工處 第 654 頁。 &amp; ,Vi””/, 45摩擦,磨耗,潤湣_第27頁。 46懲_電_.子封笔_±11,第9〇5頁,其係併於本文供參考。 (第12版,1993),第141頁,其係併於本文供未考。 48摩擦,磨耗,潤滑_第27頁。 49化_學與物CRC出版社(1975),第12-54頁。 -46- L度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱 1228520 A7 B7 五、發明說明(44) 表B(續) 無機固 體材料 導熱係數 (W/m K 於 300K 下) 電阻 (微歐姆·公分) 莫氏硬度 (原始等纽、 金剛石 約 230052 2.7x 10853 1054 矽 約 845 5 約 10.056 約7” 石墨 至高20005 8 10059 約 0.5-16〇 鉬 約 13861 約 5.262 約 5.563 J白 約 6964 約 10.665 約 4.366 #巴 約 7067 約 10.868 約 4.869 鎢 約 2007 0 約 5.571 約 7.572 出版社(第71版,1&quot;〇),第12-63頁,其係併於本 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 = U^^±_ll,CRC出版社(第71版,1&quot;〇),第4]58頁,其係併於本 52微電子封裝半册.第36頁。 出版社(第71版,199〇),第12-63頁,其係併於本 文供參考。 、个 54化學與物理手册第F-22頁。 55微電子封裝手册_第174頁。 56i^與物理手册.第F-166頁,其係併於本文供參考。 57摩擦,磨耗,潤滑_第27頁。 G. Slacks &quot;具有高導熱係數之非金屬結晶,J. Phys. Chem. Solids(1973)第34卷 第322頁,其係併於本文供參考。 5 9參閱W. Callister,材料科學與工程簡介,(第2版,1991),第037頁,其係併 於本文供參考。' 、 6()也學與物理手册第F-22頁。 61 Ά電子封裝手册,第174頁。 62邀_電子封裝手册.第37頁。 根據&quot;網層元件&quot;http://www.shef.ac.uk/~chem/web-elents/nofr-image~l/hardness-minerals-l.html (1998 年 2 月 26 曰)。 641 電子封裝手册_第174頁。 65微_電子封裝手册_第37頁。 66也學與物理手册第f-22頁。 67微電子封裝手册_第37頁。 681電子封裝手册_第37頁。 69化學與物理丰册第f_22頁。 7()1電子封裝手册1第37頁。 -47- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1228520 A7 __ B7 五、發明說明(45) 表B (續) 無機固 體材料 導熱係數 (W/mK 於 300K 下) 電阻 (微歐姆-公分) 莫氏硬度 (原始等級) 鎳 約 927 3 约 6·874 約57 5 銘 約 2057 6 約 4.377 約 2.578 鉻 約 6679 約 208 G 約 9.08 1 銅 約 39882 約 1·783 約 2.5-384 金 約 2978 5 約 2·28 6 約 2.5-387 鐵 約 74.588 約989 約 4-590 銀 約 41891 約 1.692 約 2.5-493 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 4 71|__電子封裝手册_第37頁。 72根據’’網層元件&quot;http://www.shefac.uk/~chem/web-elents/nofr-image-l/hardness-minerals-l.html (1998 年 2 月 26 曰)。 73lf子封裝手册.第174頁。 74氣I子封裝手册.第37頁。 75企_學與物理手册第F-22頁。 76遂_|子封裝手册.第174頁。 77巡_$子封裝手册_第37頁。 78麈察,磨耗J滑.第27頁。 791 電子封裝手册,第37頁。 8()匙_^:子封裝手册_第37頁。 81 i學與物理手册_第F-22頁。 82也重子封裝手册,第174頁。 831 電子封裝手册_第37頁。 84座_學與物理手册第f_22頁。 85^g子封裝手册_第174頁。 86巡j子封裝手册_第37頁。 87j^_學與物理手册第f_22頁。 88|重子封裝手册_第174頁。 89也漫·^物理手册,CRC出版杜(19751第D-171頁,其係併於本文供參考。 9Q也L學與物理手册_第F-22頁。 7 91 子封裝手册_第174頁。 9 2巡_$子封裝手别^第37頁。 931學與物理手册第f-22頁。 . 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 ________-48- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1228520 A7A. Weimer (eds.), Synthesis and Processing of Carbide, Nitride, and Boride Materials, page 653, which is incorporated herein by reference. ‘I 42 Friction, Wear, Lubrication. Page 27 ^^^ __ Electronic Packaging Manual, page 36, which is incorporated herein by reference. 4 4 A. Weimer (eds.), Synthesis and Processing of Carbide, Nitride and Boride Materials, p. 654. &amp;, Vi "" /, 45 Friction, abrasion, and moisturizing _ page 27. 46 Punishment_Electric_.Zifengbi_ ± 11, page 905, which is hereby incorporated by reference. (12th ed., 1993), p. 141, which is incorporated herein and not yet considered. 48 Friction, Wear, Lubrication _ page 27. 49 Chemistry_Learning and Things CRC Press (1975), pp. 12-54. -46- L degree applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public love 1228520 A7 B7 V. Description of invention (44) Table B (continued) Thermal conductivity of inorganic solid materials (W / m K at 300K) Resistance (Micro-ohm · cm) Mohs hardness 6964 Approx. 10.665 Approx. 4.366 #BA Approx. 7067 Approx. 10.868 Approx. 4.869 Tungsten Approx. 2007 0 Approx. 5.571 Approx. 7.572 Press (71st Edition, 1 &quot; 〇), pp. 12-63, which is incorporated in this book (please read the back page first) Please fill in this page again.) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs = U ^^ ± _ll, CRC Press (71st Edition, 1 &quot; 〇), page 4] 58. Electronic Packaging Half Volume. Page 36. Press (71st edition, 199〇), pages 12-63, which are incorporated herein by reference. 54th Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, page F-22. 55 Microelectronics Package Manual_Page 174. 56i ^ and Physics Manual. Page F-166, which is incorporated herein by reference 57 Friction, Wear, Lubrication _ page 27. G. Slacks &quot; Non-Metal Crystals with High Thermal Conductivity, J. Phys. Chem. Solids (1973) Vol. 34, p. 322, which is incorporated herein by reference 5 9 See W. Callister, Introduction to Materials Science and Engineering, (2nd edition, 1991), p. 037, which is incorporated herein by reference. ', 6 () Also Handbook of Science and Physics, p. F-22. 61 ΆElectronic Packaging Manual, page 174. 62 Invitation_Electronic Packaging Manual. Page 37. According to "Network Components" http://www.shef.ac.uk/~chem/web-elents/nofr- image ~ l / hardness-minerals-l.html (February 26, 1998). 641 Electronic Packaging Manual _ page 174. 65 Micro_Electronic Packaging Manual _ page 37. 66 Also Learning and Physics Manual f-22 Page. 67 Microelectronics Packaging Manual_Page 37. 681Electronic Packaging Manual_Page 37. 69 Chemistry and Physics Booklet f_22. 7 () 1Electronic Packaging Manual1Page 37. -47- This paper size applies China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1228520 A7 __ B7 V. Description of the invention (45) Table B (continued) Thermal conductivity of inorganic solid materials (W / mK at 300K) Electricity (Microohm-cm) Mohs hardness (original grade) Nickel about 927 3 about 6.874 about 57 5 inscription about 2057 6 about 4.377 about 2.578 chromium about 6679 about 208 G about 9.08 1 copper about 39882 about 1.783 about 2.5 -384 gold about 2978 5 about 2.28 6 about 2.5-387 iron about 74.588 about 989 about 4-590 silver about 41891 about 1.692 about 2.5-493 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) 4 71 | _ _Electronic Packaging Manual_Page 37. 72 According to ‘’ network layer components ’http://www.shefac.uk/~chem/web-elents/nofr-image-l/hardness-minerals-l.html (February 26, 1998). 73lf Subpackage Handbook. Page 174. 74 Gas I Subpackage Handbook. Page 37. 75 Enterprise_Learning and Physics Handbook, page F-22. 76 遂 _ | Subpackage Handbook. P.174. 77 Tour_ $ Subpackage Manual_Page 37. 78 Observation, Wear J Slide. P. 27. 791 Electronic Packaging Manual, p. 37. 8 () spoon_ ^: subpackage manual_ page 37. 81 i Manual of Learning and Physics_page F-22. 82 Also Baryon Packaging Manual, p. 174. 831 Electronic Packaging Manual _ page 37. Block 84_Learning and Physics Handbook f_22. 85 ^ g Subpackage Manual_Page 174. 86 巡 子 Subpackage Manual_Page 37. 87j ^ _ Manual of Science and Physics, p. F_22. 88 | Baryon Packaging Manual_ page 174. 89 Yeman · ^ Handbook of Physics, CRC Publication Du (19751, page D-171, which is incorporated herein by reference. 9Q Ye L and Handbook of Physics_ page F-22. 7 91 Subpackage Manual_ page 174 . 9 2 patrols _ $ Sub-Package Handbook ^ page 37. 931 Handbook of Science and Physics page f-22.. Printed by the Consumers' Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economy CNS) A4 size (210 X 297 mm) 1228520 A7

1228520 A7 B7 五、發明說明(47) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 重量百分比。含水二次塗料組合物之固體百分比,一般範 圍爲約5至約75重量百分比。 在本發明之另一替代具體實施例中,係將一層三次塗料 組合物塗敷於二次塗層之至少一部份表面,且較佳爲整個 表面上,意即此種纖維股線係具有一層膠漿之一次塗層, 一層二次塗料組合物,及三次塗料之外層。此三次塗料車交 佳係與上漿組合物及二次塗料組合物不同,意即此三次塗 料組合物⑴含有至少一種成份,其在化學上與膠漿及二次 塗料組合物之成份不同;或⑺含有至少一種成份,其量與 被包含在膠漿或二次塗料組合物中之相同成份之量不同。 三次塗料係在併入織物之前或之後,使用一些技術塗敷至 玻璃纖維與股線上,譬如但不限於噴塗與浸塗,如前文所 討論及如此項技藝中所習知者。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 在此具體實施例中,二次塗料組合物係包含一或多種上 文所討論之聚合材料,譬如聚胺基甲酸酯,而三次塗料組 合物係包含粉末狀導熱性無機粒子,譬如PolarTherm®氮化 硼粒子,或中空粒子,譬如ROPAQUE®顏料,其係討論於上 文。粉末狀塗料較佳係以下述方式塗敷,使已於其上塗敷 液體二次塗料組合物之股線,通過流體化床或噴霧裝置, 以使粉末粒子黏附至該黏性二次塗料組合物。或者,可在 塗敷三次塗料層140之前,將股線組裝成織物114,如圖4 中所示。被黏附至經塗覆股線之粉末狀導熱性無機粒子之 重量百分比,其範圍可爲經乾燥股線總重量之約0.1至約75 重量百分比。此三次塗料亦可包含一或多種聚合材料,譬 -50 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) I2285201228520 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (47) (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Weight percentage. The solids percentage of the aqueous secondary coating composition typically ranges from about 5 to about 75 weight percent. In another alternative embodiment of the present invention, a layer of the three-layer coating composition is applied to at least a part of the surface of the secondary coating, and preferably the entire surface, meaning that the fiber strands have One layer of primary coating, one layer of secondary coating composition, and three layers of outer coating. The tertiary coating vehicle is different from the sizing composition and the secondary coating composition, which means that the tertiary coating composition ⑴ contains at least one component, which is chemically different from the composition of the glue and the secondary coating composition; Or a tincture contains at least one ingredient in an amount different from the amount of the same ingredient contained in the cement or secondary coating composition. The tertiary coating is applied to the glass fibers and strands before or after being incorporated into the fabric, using techniques such as, but not limited to, spray coating and dip coating, as discussed previously and known in this art. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. In this embodiment, the secondary coating composition contains one or more of the polymeric materials discussed above, such as polyurethane, and the tertiary coating composition contains Powdery thermally conductive inorganic particles, such as PolarTherm® boron nitride particles, or hollow particles, such as ROPAQUE® pigments, are discussed above. The powder coating is preferably applied in such a manner that the strands on which the liquid secondary coating composition has been applied are passed through a fluidized bed or a spray device to adhere powder particles to the adhesive secondary coating composition. . Alternatively, the strands can be assembled into a fabric 114 before the coating layer 140 is applied three times, as shown in FIG. The weight percentage of the powdery thermally conductive inorganic particles adhered to the coated strand may range from about 0.1 to about 75 weight percent of the total weight of the dried strand. These three coatings can also contain one or more polymeric materials, such as -50-This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) I228520

五、 發明說明(48) ,上文所討論者,例如丙烯酸系聚合體 煙,此種塗料技藝中已知之習用安定⑽甘埽 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) T G知I自用女疋劑及其他改質 佳係呈乾燥粉末形式。 、 乂 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 雖然先前之討論係一般性地針對將本發明之塗料組合物 :於纖維形成後,直接塗敷在玻璃纖維上,及接著將:維 :入、、哉物中,旦熟?賢此藝者應明瞭,本發明亦包括一項具 =實施例’其中係在織物已被製成後,使用此項技藝中所 習知之不同技術,將本發明之塗料組合物塗敷至織物。依 織物之加工處理而定,可將本發明之塗料組合物直接塗敷 至織物中之玻璃纖維上,或塗敷至已位在玻璃纖維及/或 織物上之另一個塗層上。例如,玻璃纖維可在形成及織造 成4物後,以^用澱粉-油膠漿塗覆。然後可將織物處理 =移★澱粉-油膠漿。可用於本發明中及於本文中揭示 t塗料組合物,可接著使用習知技術直接塗敷至織物,譬 4不限;^,嘴塗或將織物浸泡至上漿組合物之浴液中 :然後,可在進一步加工處理,以使組合物之殘留物留在 織物之纖維與股線上之前,使織物乾燥。此膠漿移除係使 用此項技藝中所習知之技術達成,譬如織物之熱處理或洗 滌。在此情況中,塗料組合物係直接塗覆織物纖維之表面 。右在玻璃纖維形成後,最初被塗敷至玻璃纖維上之上漿 組合物,有任何邵份未被移除,則接著將本發明之塗料組 合物塗敷於殘留部份之上漿組合物上,而非直接塗敷至纖 維表面上。 於本發明之另一項具體實施例中,係將本發明塗料組合 -51 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公餐) !228520V. Description of the invention (48), as discussed above, for example, acrylic polymer smoke, the conventionally known stable paints and scums in this coating technique (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Women's tincture and other modified lines are in the form of dry powder. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, although the previous discussion was generally directed to coating the coating composition of the present invention directly on glass fiber after fiber formation, and then: , 哉 中, once cooked? It should be understood by those skilled in the art that the present invention also includes an embodiment of the invention, wherein after the fabric has been made, the coating composition of the present invention is applied to the fabric using different techniques known in the art. . Depending on the processing of the fabric, the coating composition of the present invention can be applied directly to the glass fibers in the fabric, or to another coating already on the glass fibers and / or the fabric. For example, glass fibers can be coated with starch-oil glue after forming and weaving them into four articles. The fabric can then be treated = starch-oil glue. It can be used in the present invention and disclosed herein as a coating composition, which can then be applied directly to the fabric using conventional techniques, such as unlimited; ^, mouth coating or immersing the fabric in the bath of the sizing composition: then The fabric can be dried before further processing to leave the residue of the composition on the fibers and strands of the fabric. This glue removal is achieved using techniques known in the art, such as heat treatment or washing of fabrics. In this case, the coating composition is applied directly to the surface of the fabric fibers. Right after the glass fiber is formed, the sizing composition is initially applied to the glass fiber. If any parts have not been removed, the coating composition of the present invention is then applied to the remaining sizing composition. And not directly onto the fiber surface. In another specific embodiment of the present invention, the coating of the present invention is combined with -51 paper size applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 meals)! 228520

五、發明說明(49) 句〈所延擇成份,於玻璃纖維形成後立即塗敷至玻璃纖維 ’及在製成織物後,將塗料組合物之其餘成份塗敷至織物 。以^似i文所討論之方式,纟以其餘成份塗覆纖維與織 物H、可將一部份或全部經選擇之成份移離玻璃纖維。 因此,該其餘成份將直接塗覆織物纖維之表面,或塗覆此 等未自纖維表面上移除之經選擇成份。 經織造織物14係作爲用以強化聚合體基質材料12之強化 物使用,以形成複合物或層合物1〇,譬如圖丨中所示,其 較佳係使用於電路板。織物14之經紗與緯紗(意即緯線)股 線,可爲未加捻(亦稱爲無捻或零捻度),或藉熟諳此藝 已知之任何習用加捻技術,在織造之前加捻,例如利用加 捻機架,在每英吋約〇.5至約3轉下,對股線賦予捻度。此 外,織物14可包含加撿與未加抡經緯股線之不同組合。 強化織物14可包含每公分約5至約1〇〇根經紗股線(每英 吋約13至約254經紗股線),且較佳係具有每公分約6至約 50根緯紗股線(每英吋約15至約127根緯線股線)。織紋構 造可爲規則平紋組織,惟可使用熟諳此藝者所習知之任何 其他織造式樣,譬如斜紋組織或緞紋組織。 織物14較佳係被織造成適用於印刷電路板用層合物之式 k ’ %·如在世界織物' Clark-Schwebel 公司(Anderson,SouthV. Description of the invention (49) Sentence "The selected ingredient is applied to the glass fiber immediately after the formation of the glass fiber" and after the fabric is made, the remaining components of the coating composition are applied to the fabric. In a manner similar to that discussed in this article, by coating the fiber and fabric H with the remaining ingredients, some or all of the selected ingredients can be removed from the glass fiber. Therefore, the remaining ingredients will directly coat the surface of the fabric fibers, or these selected ingredients will not be removed from the fiber surface. The woven fabric 14 is used as a reinforcement for reinforcing the polymer matrix material 12 to form a composite or a laminate 10, such as shown in Fig. 丨, which is preferably used for a circuit board. The warp and weft (meaning weft) strands of the fabric 14 may be untwisted (also known as untwisted or zero twist), or twisted before weaving by any conventional twisting technique known in the art, such as The twisting frame is used to impart twist to the strands at about 0.5 to about 3 revolutions per inch. In addition, the fabric 14 may include different combinations of pick-up and unpadded warp and weft strands. The reinforcing fabric 14 may include about 5 to about 100 warp yarns per cm (about 13 to about 254 warp yarns per inch), and preferably has about 6 to about 50 weft yarns per cm (each (About 15 to about 127 weft strands). The weave structure can be a regular plain weave, but any other weaving pattern known to those skilled in the art can be used, such as a twill weave or a satin weave. The fabric 14 is preferably woven into a laminate suitable for use in printed circuit boards of the formula k '%. As in the World Fabrics' Clark-Schwebel Company (Anderson, South

Carolma)之技術公報(1995)中所揭示者,其係併於本文供參 考。使用E225 E-玻璃纖維之織物式樣之非限制性實例,係 爲式樣2116,其具有每5公分118根經紗與114根緯紗(每英 吋60根經紗與58根緯紗);使用7 22 1χ〇 (E225 1/〇)經緯紗線; — _ -52-_ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家鮮(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)&quot; -- (請先閱讀背面之注咅?事項再填寫本頁) ·裝 '—訂: 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印制衣 A7 B7 1228520 、發明說明(50) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 具有額足織物厚度0.094毫米(0.037英忖);及織物重量103.8 克/平方米(每平方碼3.06盎司)。使用G75 E-玻璃纖維之織 物式樣之非限制性實例,係爲式樣7628,其具有每5公分 87根經紗與61根緯紗(每英吋44根經紗與31根緯紗);使用 9 68 1x0 (G75 1/0)經緯紗線;具有額定織物厚度〇 173毫米 (0.0068英吋);及織物重量203.4克/平方米(每平方碼6〇〇盎 司)。使用D450E-玻璃纖維之織物式樣之非限制性實例, 係爲式樣1080,其具有每5公分118根經紗與93根緯紗(每英 忖60根經紗與47根緯紗);使用5 11 1x0 (D450 1/0)經緯紗線; 具有額定織物厚度〇·〇53毫米(0.0021英吋);及織物重量46.8 克/平方米(每平方碼1.38盎司)。使用D900 E-玻璃纖維之 織物式樣之非限制性實例,係爲式樣106,其具有每5公分 110根經紗與110根緯紗(每英吋56根經紗與56根緯紗);使 用5 5.5 1x0 (D900 1/0)經緯紗線;具有額定織物厚度〇 〇33毫米Carolma) 's Technical Bulletin (1995), which is incorporated herein by reference. A non-limiting example of a fabric pattern using E225 E-glass fiber is pattern 2116, which has 118 warps and 114 wefts per 5 cm (60 warps and 58 wefts per inch); use 7 22 1χ. (E225 1 / 〇) warp and weft yarns; — _ -52-_ This paper size is applicable to China National Fresh (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) &quot;-(Please read the note on the back? Matters before (Fill this page) · Equipment'—Order: Printed clothes A7 B7 1228520, Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Description of Invention (50) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) With a fabric thickness of 0.094 mm (0.037 inches); and fabric weight of 103.8 g / m2 (3.06 ounces per square yard). A non-limiting example of a fabric pattern using G75 E-glass fiber is pattern 7628, which has 87 warps and 61 wefts per 5 cm (44 warps and 31 wefts per inch); use 9 68 1x0 ( G75 1/0) warp and weft yarns; have a nominal fabric thickness of 173 mm (0.0068 inches); and a fabric weight of 203.4 g / m2 (600 ounces per square yard). Non-limiting example of a fabric pattern using D450E-fiberglass is pattern 1080 with 118 warps and 93 wefts per 5 cm (60 warps and 47 wefts per inch); use 5 11 1x0 (D450 1/0) warp and weft yarns; have a nominal fabric thickness of 0.053 mm (0.0021 inches); and a fabric weight of 46.8 g / m 2 (1.38 ounces per square yard). A non-limiting example of a fabric pattern using D900 E-glass fiber is pattern 106, which has 110 warps and 110 wefts per 5 cm (56 warps and 56 wefts per inch); use 5 5.5 1x0 ( D900 1/0) warp and weft yarns; with a nominal fabric thickness of 033 mm

I 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 (0.013英吋);及織物重量24.4克/平方米(每平方碼0.72盎 司)。使用D900E-玻璃纖維之織物式樣之另一種非限制性 實例,係爲式樣108,其具有每5公分118根經紗與93根緯 紗(每英吋60根經紗與47根緯紗);使用5 5.5 1x2 (D900 1/2)經 緯紗線;具有額定織物厚度0.061毫米(0.0024英吋);及織物 重量47.5克/平方米(每平方碼丨4〇盎司)。使用E225與 D450 E-玻璃纖維之織物式樣之非限制性實例,係爲式樣 2113,其具有每5公分118根經紗與11〇根緯紗(每英吋60根 經紗與56根緯紗);使用7 22 ΙχΟ (E225 1/0)經紗與5 11 1x0 (D450 1/0)緯紗;具有額定織物厚度〇 〇79毫米(〇 〇〇31英吋); -53- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) 1228520 A7 B7 五、發明說明(51) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 及、我物重里78.0克/平方米(每平方碼2 jo盘司)。使用G5〇 與G75 Ε-破璃纖維紗線之織物式樣之非限制性實例,係爲 式樣7535,其具有每5公分87根經紗與57根緯紗(每英吋44 根經紗與29根緯紗);使用9 68 1χ〇 (G75 1/〇)經紗與9 99⑽ (G50 1/〇)緯紗;具有額定織物厚度約0.201毫米(約〇·0079英吋) ;及織物重量爲每平方米約232 3克(每平方碼約6幻盎司) 此等及其他可使用織物式樣規格,係示於正C_eg_i4〇,,自 •Έ&quot;玻璃織造以供印刷電路板用之最後完成織物之規格,,,互 連與封裝電路學會之出版物(1997年6月)中,其係併於本文 t、參考。雖然前述織物式樣係使用加擒紗線,但意欲涵蓋 的是,此等或其他使用零捻度紗線或粗紗並搭配或代替加 捻紗線之織物式樣,可根據本發明製成。更意欲涵蓋的是 ’在織物中之一部份或全部經紗,可具有已塗覆第一種樹 脂可相容上漿組合物之纖維,及一部份或全部緯紗可具有 已塗覆與第一種組合物不同之第二種樹脂可相容塗料之纖 維,意即該第二種組合物⑴含有至少一種成份,其在化學 上與第一種上漿組合物之成份不同;或(2)含有至少一種成 伤其里與被包含在第一種上漿組合物中之相同成份之量 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 不同。 可用於本發明之適當經織造之強化織物14,係利用熟讀 此藝者所習知之任何習用織機形成,譬如梭織機或劍捍織 機’但較佳係使用噴氣織機形成。在使用噴氣方法織造織 物時,噴氣織機係使緯紗插入梭口中,並藉由來自一或多 個噴絲頭之一陣壓縮空氣,推進此紗線越過織物之寬度。 本紙張尺度適财_國家標準(CNS)A4題⑼&quot;厂 54- s/ /X iSc \ ( V 上 3 1228520 A7 B7 五、發明說明(52) (請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁) 較佳噴氣織機可以型號103, 1031及1033市購得自日本 Tsudakoma,及 SulzerRuti 型號 L-5000,L-5100,L_5200,其可市購 得自 Sulzer Brothers 公司(Zurich,Switzerland)。Sulzer Ruti L-5000, L-5100及L-5200產品公報(Sulzer Ruti公司,Switzerland)係併於本文 供參考。 現在參考圖1,使用織物14以形成層合物10,其方式是 以聚合體熱塑性或熱固性基質材料12,塗覆及/或浸潰一 或多層織物14。層合物10係適合作爲電子載體使用。 可用於本發明之基質材料,包括熱固性材料,譬如熱固 性聚酯、乙烯基酯類、環氧化物類(在分子中含有至少一 個環氧基或環氧乙烷基,譬如多羥醇類或硫醇類之多縮水 甘油基醚類)、g分酸塑料、胺基塑料、熱固性聚胺基甲酸 酯,其衍生物及混合物。用以形成電路板用層合物之較佳 基質材料,係爲FR-4環氧樹脂、聚醯亞胺及液晶聚合體, 其組成係爲熟諳此藝者所習知。若需要關於此種組成之進 一步訊息,可參閱1電子材料手册ASM國際(1989),第534_ 537 頁。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 適當熱塑性聚合體基質材料之非限制性實例,包括聚烯 烴、聚醯胺、熱塑性聚胺基甲酸酯與熱塑性聚酯、乙烯基 聚合體及其混合物。可使用熱塑性材料之其他實例,包括 聚醯亞胺、聚醚颯、聚苯基颯、聚醚酮、聚苯醚、聚苯硫 、聚縮醛、聚氯乙烯及聚碳酸酯。 可使用之基質材料配方,包括EPON 1120-A80環氧樹脂、 雙氰胺、2-甲基咪唑及DOWANOL PM。 -55- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1228520 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 五、發明說明(53) 可與聚合體基質材料及強化材料—起包含在複合物中之 其他成份,包括著色劑或顏料、潤滑劑或加工助劑、紫外 光(UV)安定劑、抗氧化劑、其他填料及增量劑。 織物14可經塗覆與浸潰,其方式是將織物U浸泡在聚合 體基質材料12之浴液中,例如sRTummala(編著),微電子封 塞_±A(1989),第895_896頁中所討論者,其係併於本 考。聚合體基質材料12與織物14可藉多種方法製成複合物 或層合物10,該方法係依一些因素而定,譬如所使用聚合 體基質材料之類型。例如,對熱固性基質材料而言,層人 物可經由壓縮或射出成型、拉擠、手工鋪層,或^由^ 模製,接著壓縮或射出成型而形成。熱固性聚合體基質材 料係經由在基質材料中加入交聯劑,及/或藉由例如施加 熱而熟化。可用以使聚合體基質材料交聯之適當交聯劑, 係討論於上文。熱固性聚合體基質材料之溫度與熟化時間 ,係依一些因素而定,譬如所使用聚合體基質材料之類型 ,在基質系統中之其他添加劑,及複合物之厚度,僅指出 其中一小部份。 對熱塑性基質材料而言,用以形成複合物之適當方法, 包括直接模製或壓出摻配,接著射出成型。藉上述方法形 成複合物之方法與裝置,係討論於〗Rubin,塑膠材料與技術 土J二(1&quot;0),第 955·1〇62, 1179_1215 及 1225-1271 頁,其係併於本文 供參考。 、又 雖然在本發明中並無限制,但於圖5中顯示之一項具體 實施例中,複合物或層合物21〇係包含以可相容基質材料 (請先閱讀背面之注咅?事項再填寫本頁) 0 ϋ 1 ϋ ϋ §mm§ ·νΊ_ ϋ- 1 1 ιI Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (0.013 inches); and the fabric weight is 24.4 grams per square meter (0.72 ounces per square yard). Another non-limiting example of a fabric pattern using D900E-glass fiber is pattern 108, which has 118 warps and 93 wefts per 5 cm (60 warps and 47 wefts per inch); use 5 5.5 1x2 (D900 1/2) warp and weft yarns; have a nominal fabric thickness of 0.061 mm (0.0024 inches); and a fabric weight of 47.5 g / m2 (40 ounces per square yard). A non-limiting example of a fabric pattern using E225 and D450 E-glass fiber is pattern 2113, which has 118 warps and 110 wefts per 5 cm (60 warps and 56 wefts per inch); use 7 22 ΙχΟ (E225 1/0) warp yarns and 5 11 1x0 (D450 1/0) weft yarns; with a nominal fabric thickness of 〇79 mm (〇〇 31 inches); -53- This paper size applies to Chinese national standards (CNS ) A4 specification (210 X 297 public love) 1228520 A7 B7 V. Invention description (51) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) and our weight 78.0 g / m2 (2 jo plate per square yard) Division). Non-limiting example of a fabric pattern using G50 and G75 E-broken fiber yarns is pattern 7535, which has 87 warps and 57 wefts per 5 cm (44 warps and 29 wefts per inch) ; Use 9 68 1χ〇 (G75 1 / 〇) warp yarn and 9 99⑽ (G50 1 / 〇) weft yarn; have a rated fabric thickness of about 0.201 mm (about 0.0079 inches); and the fabric weight is about 232 3 per square meter Grams (approximately 6 magic ounces per square yard) These and other usable fabric specifications are shown in C_eg_i4〇, from • Έ &quot; Glass weaving for printed circuit boards. In the publication of the Institute of Packaging and Circuitry (June 1997), it is incorporated herein by reference. Although the aforementioned fabric pattern is the use of picking yarns, it is intended to cover that these or other fabric patterns using zero twist yarns or rovings in combination with or instead of twisted yarns can be made in accordance with the present invention. It is more intended to cover that 'a part or all of the warp yarns in the fabric may have fibers coated with the first resin-compatible sizing composition, and a part or all of the weft yarns may have a coated and Fibers of a second resin-compatible coating with a different composition, meaning that the second composition ⑴ contains at least one component that is chemically different from the components of the first sizing composition; or (2 ) Contains at least one ingredient that is the same as the amount of the same ingredient contained in the first sizing composition, printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. A suitably woven reinforcing fabric 14, which can be used in the present invention, is formed using any conventional loom known to those skilled in the art, such as a shuttle loom or a sword loom ', but is preferably formed using an air jet loom. When weaving fabric using the air-jet method, an air-jet loom inserts a weft yarn into a shed and advances the yarn across the width of the fabric by a stream of compressed air from one or more spinnerets. This paper is suitable for financial standards_National Standard (CNS) A4 title 厂 &quot; Factory 54- s / / X iSc \ (V on 3 1228520 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (52) (Please read the note on the back? Matters before filling in this Page) Preferred air-jet looms are commercially available from Tsudakoma, Japan, model 103, 1031, and 1033, and SulzerRuti models L-5000, L-5100, L_5200, which are commercially available from Sulzer Brothers (Zurich, Switzerland). Sulzer Ruti L-5000, L-5100, and L-5200 product bulletins (Sulzer Ruti, Switzerland) are incorporated herein by reference. Referring now to FIG. 1, fabric 14 is used to form laminate 10 in a manner that is polymer thermoplastic or Thermosetting matrix material 12, coating and / or impregnating one or more layers of fabric 14. The laminate 10 is suitable for use as an electron carrier. Matrix materials that can be used in the present invention include thermosetting materials such as thermosetting polyesters, vinyl esters Epoxides (containing at least one epoxy or ethylene oxide group in the molecule, such as polyglycidyl ethers of polyhydric alcohols or thiols), acid-separating plastics, amine-based plastics, thermosetting Polyurethane Derivatives and mixtures thereof. The preferred matrix materials for forming laminates for circuit boards are FR-4 epoxy resin, polyimide, and liquid crystal polymer, and their composition is familiar to those skilled in the art. For further information on this composition, please refer to 1 Electronic Materials Handbook ASM International (1989), pages 534_ 537. Non-limiting examples of appropriate thermoplastic polymer matrix materials printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Includes polyolefins, polyamides, thermoplastic polyurethanes and thermoplastic polyesters, vinyl polymers, and mixtures thereof. Other examples of thermoplastic materials that can be used include polyimide, polyether, polyphenylene , Polyether ketone, polyphenylene ether, polyphenylene sulfide, polyacetal, polyvinyl chloride, and polycarbonate. Formulation of matrix materials that can be used, including EPON 1120-A80 epoxy resin, dicyandiamide, and 2-methylimidazole And DOWANOL PM. -55- This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1228520 Printed by A7, Consumer Cooperatives, Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. Description of Invention (53) Can be used with polymers. Materials and reinforcements—other ingredients included in the composite, including colorants or pigments, lubricants or processing aids, ultraviolet stabilizers, antioxidants, other fillers, and extenders. Fabric 14 may Coated and impregnated by immersing the fabric U in a bath of polymer matrix material 12, such as sRTummala (eds.), Microelectronic Seal _ ± A (1989), as discussed in pages 895_896, It is related to this test. The polymer matrix material 12 and fabric 14 can be made into a composite or laminate 10 by a variety of methods, depending on factors such as the type of polymer matrix material used. For example, for a thermosetting matrix material, a layer of people can be formed by compression or injection molding, pultrusion, hand-laying, or ^ molding, followed by compression or injection molding. The thermosetting polymer matrix material is cured by adding a crosslinking agent to the matrix material and / or by, for example, applying heat. Suitable crosslinkers that can be used to crosslink polymer matrix materials are discussed above. The temperature and maturation time of the thermoset polymer matrix material depend on some factors, such as the type of polymer matrix material used, other additives in the matrix system, and the thickness of the composite, only a small part of which is indicated. For thermoplastic matrix materials, suitable methods for forming composites include direct molding or extrusion compounding, followed by injection molding. The method and device for forming composites by the above methods are discussed in [Rubin, Plastic Materials and Technology Soil J 2 (1 &quot; 0), pp. 955 · 1062, 1179_1215, and 1225-1271. reference. Although there is no limitation in the present invention, in a specific embodiment shown in FIG. 5, the composite or laminate 21 is composed of a compatible matrix material (please read the note on the back first? Please fill in this page again) 0 ϋ 1 ϋ ϋ §mm§ · νΊ_ ϋ- 1 1 ι

-56- 1228520 A7 B7 五、發明說明(54) 212浸潰之織物214。然後,可將已浸潰之織物在一組計量 滚筒或棒塊之間擠壓,以留下經度量數量之基質材料,並 乾燥而形成電子載體,呈半熟化基材或預片形式。將導電 層250沿著預片之側面252之一部份放置,其方式係於下文 討論於本專利説明書中,並使預片熟化以形成層合物210 ,其係充作電子載體254,具有一個導電層。於本發明之 另一項具體實施例中,且更典型上在電子載體工業中,係 將兩個或多個預片與一或多個導電層組合,且層合在一起 及熟化,以熟諳此藝者所習知之方式進行,以形成電子載 體。例如,但在本發明中並無限制,將此預片堆疊層合, 其方式是將堆疊壓縮,例如在拋光之鋼板之間,於高溫及 壓力下,歷經預定長度之時間,以使聚合體基質熟化,及 形成所要厚度之層合物。一或多個預片之一部份,可具有 導電層,無論是在層合之前或之後,並熟化,以致使所形 成之電子載體爲具有至少一個導電層沿著一部份外露表面 之層合物(於後文稱爲”包層之層合物&quot;)。 然後可自單層或多層電子載體之導電層,使用此項技藝 中所習知之技術,形成電路,以建構呈電路板形式之電子 載體。 若需要則在電子載體中形成小孔或孔洞(亦稱爲”通孔”) ,以在電子載體之相反面上之電路及/或組件之間允許電 互連,藉此項技藝中已知之任何合宜方式進行,包括但不 限於機械鑽孔與雷射鑽孔。更明確言之,參考圖6,小孔 360係延伸經過本發明電子載體354之織物312之至少一層 -57- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ·裝 '—訂 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製-56- 1228520 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (54) 212 Impregnated fabric 214. The impregnated fabric can then be squeezed between a set of metering rollers or bars to leave a measured amount of matrix material and dried to form an electronic carrier, either in the form of a semi-cure substrate or a pre-sheet. The conductive layer 250 is placed along a portion of the side 252 of the pre-sheet in a manner discussed below in this patent specification, and the pre-sheet is cured to form a laminate 210, which acts as an electron carrier 254, Has a conductive layer. In another specific embodiment of the present invention, and more typically in the electronics carrier industry, two or more pre-sheets are combined with one or more conductive layers, and they are layered together and aged to mature them. This is done in a manner known to the artist to form an electronic carrier. For example, but there is no limitation in the present invention, this pre-chip stack is laminated by compressing the stack, for example, between polished steel plates, under a high temperature and pressure, for a predetermined length of time to make the polymer The substrate matures and forms a laminate of the desired thickness. One or more of the pre-sheets may have a conductive layer, either before or after lamination, and are cured so that the formed electron carrier is a layer having at least one conductive layer along a portion of the exposed surface (Hereinafter referred to as "cladding laminate"). The circuit can be formed from the conductive layer of a single-layer or multi-layer electronic carrier using techniques known in the art to construct a circuit board. Form of electronic carrier. If necessary, small holes or holes (also known as "through holes") are formed in the electronic carrier to allow electrical interconnection between circuits and / or components on opposite sides of the electronic carrier, thereby Any suitable method known in the art can be performed, including but not limited to mechanical drilling and laser drilling. More specifically, referring to FIG. 6, the small hole 360 extends through at least one layer of the fabric 312 of the electronic carrier 354 of the present invention- 57- This paper size is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

五、 經 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 消 費 合 作 社 印 製 !228520 發明說明(防) 纪織物312包含經塗覆纖維股線,其包含至少一根玻璃 截f,其具有一塗層,此層可與如本文所述之多種聚合體 基貝材料相谷。在形成小孔36〇時,係使電子載體354與形 成]孔之裝置對齊放,譬如鑽錐⑽或雷射尖端。小孔 使用鑽孔機364或雷射,藉由鑽孔,經過織物312之至 夕層362〈一部份366形成。在小孔形成後,使一層導電 性材料沈積於小孔壁上,或以導電性材料充填小孔,以幫 助電子載體354之表面上,一或多個導電層(未示於圖 疋間所需要之電互連,及/或熱逸散。 導電層:例如圖5中所示之層25〇,可藉熟諳此藝者所習 知I任何万法形成。例如,但在本發明中並無限制,導兩 使金屬材料之薄片或荡,層合至半熟化或熟二 片或層合物之側面之至少-部份上而形成。以下述作爲— 種替代方式,使用習知技術,包括但不限於電解 益 電鏡覆或濺射’經由使-層金屬材料,沈積至半孰化❹ :預=層合物側面之至少—部份上,形成導電層。適二 :’電層使屬材料,包括但不限於銅 佳)、銀、銘、金、錫、錫-鉛合金'1巴及其組合。 於本發明之另-項具體實施例中,電子載體係呈多芦+ =形式’經由使-或多個電路板(上述)與—或多個= 層合物(上述)及/或-或多個預片(上述)層合在—起而= 成。若需要,可將其他導電層併人電子載體中冓 多層電路板之-部份外露側面。再者,若 路可以上文所討論之方式,製自此導電層。應明瞭 ________-05-V. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs! 228520 Description of the invention (anti-) fabric 312 contains coated fiber strands, which contains at least one glass section f, which has a coating. The plurality of polymer-based materials have a valley. When the small hole 36 is formed, the electron carrier 354 is aligned with the device forming the hole, such as a drill taper or a laser tip. The small holes are formed using a drill 364 or a laser by drilling through the fabric 312 to the evening layer 362 (a portion 366). After the holes are formed, a layer of conductive material is deposited on the walls of the holes, or the holes are filled with a conductive material to help the surface of the electronic carrier 354, one or more conductive layers (not shown in the figure) Electrical interconnection required, and / or heat dissipation. Conductive layer: such as layer 25 shown in Figure 5, can be formed by any method known to those skilled in the art. For example, but in the present invention and Without limitation, it can be formed by laminating or slicing the metal material to at least-part of the sides of the half-cooked or cooked two pieces or the laminate. Take the following as an alternative method, using conventional techniques, Including, but not limited to, electrolytic electro-mirror coating or sputtering ', through the use of a layer of metal material, deposited on the semi-fluoride: pre == at least-part of the side of the laminate to form a conductive layer. Suitable for two:' Electrical layer makes Materials, including but not limited to copper), silver, Ming, gold, tin, tin-lead alloy '1 bar and combinations thereof. In another specific embodiment of the present invention, the electronic carrier is in the form of multiple lumens + = 'through the use of-or more circuit boards (above) and-or more = laminate (above) and / or-or Multiple pre-films (above) are layered together and completed. If necessary, other conductive layers can be incorporated into the electronic carrier and part of the multilayer circuit board is exposed on the side. Furthermore, Ruo can be fabricated from this conductive layer in the manner discussed above. It should be clear ________- 05-

本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(21〇:797公爱J (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (21〇: 797 Public Love J (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

1228520 A7 B7 五、發明說明(56) 依多層電路板諸層之相對位置而定,此板可具有内部與外 部電路。可形成其他小孔,如前文所討論者,部份經過或 完全經過此板,以在層間於所選定之位置允許電互連。應 明瞭的是,所形成之結構可具有一些完全延伸經過此結構 之小孔’ 一些僅部份延伸經過此結構之小孔,及一些完全 在此結構内之小孔。 形成電子載體254之層合物,其厚度較佳係大於約0.051毫 米(0.002英吋),且更佳範圍爲約0.13毫米(0.005英吋)至約2.5 毫米(約0.1英吋)。對7628式樣織物之八疊層層合物而言, 其厚度一般爲約1.32毫米(0.052英吋)。織物14層在層合物10 中之數目,可基於所要之層合物厚度而改變。 層合物之樹脂含量,其範圍可爲約35至約80重量百分比 ,且更佳爲約40至約75重量百分比。織物在層合物中之量 ,其範圍可爲約20至約65重量百分比,且更佳範圍爲約25 至約60重量百分比。 對於製自織造E-玻璃織物,並使用具有最低玻璃轉移溫 度約110 C之FR-4壤乳樹脂基質材料之層合物而言,在橫越 機器或寬度方向(大致上垂直於織物之縱軸)之所要最低撓 曲強度,係大於3 X 107公斤/平方米,較佳係大於約 3.52\107公斤/平方米(約50坤8丨),且更佳係大於約4.9\107 公斤/平方米(約70 Kpsi),根據IPC-4101,,硬質與多層印刷電 路板用之基質材料規格”,第29頁,互連與封裝電路學會之出 版物(I&quot;7年12月)。IPC-4101係以其全文併於本文供參考。 在長度方向上,於長度方向(大致上平行於織物縱軸)所要 -59- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1228520 A7 五、發明說明(57) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 怎最低撓曲強度,係大於約4χ 1〇7公斤/平方米,且較佳 係大於4.23\1〇7公斤/平方米。撓曲強度係根據八31^〇_79() ,及互連與封裝電子學學會(1&quot;4年u月)之ffC_TM-65〇試驗 方法手册度量(其係併於本文供參考),其中金屬包層係完 全藉蝕刻移除,根據n&gt;C-4101之段落3 824進行。本發明電 子載體之優點,包括高撓曲強度(張力與壓縮強度)與高模 數,其可減少電路板(包括層合物)之變形。 主銅包層FR-4環氧樹脂層合物形式之本發明電子載體, 較佳係具有在層合物之z_方向(,,Z-CTE”)上,意即橫越層合 物之厚度,從50°C至288Ό之熱膨脹係數低於約5 5百分比, 且更佳範園從約0.01至約5·〇重量百分比,根據jpC試驗方法 2·4·41進行(其係併於本文供參考)。各此種層合物較佳係含 有八層7628式樣織物,惟可替代地使用1〇6, 1〇8, 1〇8〇, 2116或7535式樣織物。此外,層合物可併入此等織物式樣 之組合。具有低熱膨脹係數之層合物,通常較不容易膨脹 與收縮,並可使板變形降至最低。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 本發明進一步意欲涵蓋多層層合物與電路板之製造,其 包含至少一個根據本文陳述内容所製成之複合層,及至少 一個以不同於本文所陳述複合層之方式所製成之複合層., 例如使用習用玻璃纖維複合物技術所製成者。更明確古之 ,且如熟諳此藝者所習知,傳統上,在用以織造織物之連 續玻璃纖維股線中之纖絲,係以澱粉/油膠漿處理,其包 含部份或完全糊精化之澱粉或溶膠澱粉、氫化植物油、陽 離子性潤濕劑、乳化劑及水,包括但不限於在 -60 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) A7 1228520 五、發明說明(明) 第237-244頁(第3版,1993)中所揭示者,其係併於本文供參 考。接著,在織造之前將製自此等股線之經紗以溶液處理 ,以在織造程序期間保護股線,防止磨損,例如聚(乙晞 醇),如在美國專利4,530,876,第3攔第67行至第4攔第U行中 所揭示者,其係併於本文供參考。此項操作常被稱爲漿紗 。聚(乙烯醇)以及澱粉/油膠漿,通常不能夠與複合物製 造者所使用之聚合體基質材料相容,且織物必須經清理, 以在浸潰經織造織物之前,自玻璃纖維表面移除基本上所 有有機物質。這可以多種方式達成,例如藉由洗除織物, 或更通常係經由以此項技藝中所習知之方式熱處理織物。 由於β理操作之結果,故在用以浸潰織物之聚合體基質材 料與已清理之玻璃纖維表面之間,沒有適當界面,因此必 須將偶合劑塗敷至玻璃纖維表面。此項操作有時被熟諳此 藝者稱爲整理。最常用於整理操作之偶合劑,係爲矽烷, 包括但不限於在Ε· Ρ· Plueddemann,矽烷偶合劑(198幻第Μ&quot;” λ頁中所揭示者,其係併於本文供參考。亦參閱L〇ewenstem, 第249_256頁(第3版,1993)。以矽烷處理後,將此織物以可 相谷來合體基質材料浸潰,在一組計量滾筒之間擠壓,並 乾燥而形成半熟化預片,如上文所討論者。應明瞭的是, 依膠漿之性質,清理操作及/或使用於複合物中之基質樹 脂而定,漿紗及/或整理步驟可以免除。然後,可將一或 多個納入習用玻璃纖維複合物技術之預片,與一或多個納 入本發明之預片合併,以形成如上文所討論之電子載體, 且特別是多層層合物或電路板。關於製造電路板之更多訊 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ·裝 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 61 - 1228520 A7 五、發明說明(59 )1228520 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (56) Depending on the relative positions of the layers of the multilayer circuit board, this board can have internal and external circuits. Other holes can be formed, as discussed previously, partially or completely through the board to allow electrical interconnection between layers at selected locations. It should be understood that the structure formed may have small holes that extend completely through the structure, some small holes that extend only partially through the structure, and some small holes that are completely within the structure. The thickness of the laminate forming the electron carrier 254 is preferably greater than about 0.051 mm (0.002 inches), and more preferably in the range of about 0.13 mm (0.005 inches) to about 2.5 mm (about 0.1 inches). For the eight-layer laminate of the 7628 pattern fabric, the thickness is typically about 1.32 millimeters (0.052 inches). The number of fabric 14 layers in the laminate 10 can be changed based on the desired laminate thickness. The resin content of the laminate may range from about 35 to about 80 weight percent, and more preferably from about 40 to about 75 weight percent. The amount of fabric in the laminate can range from about 20 to about 65 weight percent, and more preferably from about 25 to about 60 weight percent. For laminates made from woven E-glass fabrics and using a FR-4 soil milk resin matrix material with a minimum glass transition temperature of about 110 C, in the machine or width direction (generally perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the fabric) Shaft) required minimum flexural strength is greater than 3 X 107 kg / m2, preferably greater than about 3.52 \ 107 kg / m2 (about 50 Kun 8 丨), and more preferably greater than about 4.9 \ 107 kg / Square meters (approximately 70 Kpsi), according to IPC-4101, Specification for Matrix Materials for Rigid and Multilayer Printed Circuit Boards ", page 29, Publication of the Institute of Interconnects and Packaging Circuits (I &quot; December 7). IPC -4101 is in its entirety and incorporated herein by reference. In the length direction, required in the length direction (substantially parallel to the longitudinal axis of the fabric) -59- This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297) Love) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Installed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and printed by the Consumer Cooperatives 1228520 A7 V. Invention Description (57) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) How Low Flexural strength, greater than about 4χ 1〇 7 kg / m2, and preferably greater than 4.23 \ 107 kg / m2. The flexural strength is based on 3131 ^ 〇_79 (), and the Institute of Interconnect and Packaging Electronics (1 &quot; 4 years ) Measured in the ffC_TM-65〇 test method manual (which is incorporated herein by reference), wherein the metal cladding is completely removed by etching, according to paragraph 3 824 of n &C; C-4101. Advantages of the electronic carrier of the present invention, Including high flexural strength (tensile and compressive strength) and high modulus, which can reduce the deformation of the circuit board (including the laminate). The electronic carrier of the present invention in the form of a main copper clad FR-4 epoxy resin laminate, It is preferred to have a thermal expansion coefficient in the z-direction (,, Z-CTE ") of the laminate, that is, across the thickness of the laminate from 50 ° C to 288 ° C, of less than about 55 percent, and more Jiafanyuan is performed from about 0.01 to about 5.0 weight percent according to the jpC test method 2.4.41 (which is incorporated herein by reference). Each of these laminates preferably contains eight layers of 7628-style fabric, but instead may use 106, 108, 108, 2116 or 7535 style fabrics. Further, the laminate may be incorporated into a combination of these fabric patterns. Laminates with a low coefficient of thermal expansion are generally less prone to expansion and contraction and minimize plate deformation. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economics The present invention is further intended to cover the manufacture of multilayer laminates and circuit boards, including at least one composite layer made according to the content stated herein, and at least one compound Laminated composite layers, such as those made using conventional glass fiber composite technology. More ancient, and as is known to those skilled in the art, traditionally, the filaments in the continuous glass fiber strands used to weave the fabric are treated with starch / oil glue, which contains a partial or complete paste Refined starch or sol starch, hydrogenated vegetable oil, cationic wetting agent, emulsifier and water, including but not limited to -60 This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) A7 1228520 V. Description of the Invention (Ming) The ones disclosed in pages 237-244 (3rd edition, 1993) are incorporated herein by reference. The warp yarns made from these strands are then treated with a solution prior to weaving to protect the strands from abrasion during the weaving process, such as poly (acetol), as in U.S. Patent 4,530,876, line 3, line 67 To those disclosed in the 4th row and the U line, it is incorporated herein by reference. This operation is often called sizing. Poly (vinyl alcohol) and starch / oil glues are generally not compatible with the polymer matrix material used by the composite maker, and the fabric must be cleaned to remove it from the surface of the glass fiber before impregnating the woven fabric Except for basically all organic substances. This can be achieved in a number of ways, such as by washing the fabric, or more often by heat treating the fabric in a manner known in the art. As a result of the β-physical operation, there is no proper interface between the polymer matrix material used to impregnate the fabric and the cleaned glass fiber surface, so the coupling agent must be applied to the glass fiber surface. This operation is sometimes referred to as finishing by the artist. The coupling agent most commonly used in finishing operations is silane, including, but not limited to, those disclosed in EPA Plueddemann, Silane Coupling Agents (198, p. M &quot; "λ), which is incorporated herein by reference. Also See Loewenstem, pp. 249_256 (3rd edition, 1993). After treating with silane, the fabric is impregnated with a phase-combinable matrix material, squeezed between a set of metering rollers, and dried to form a half-cooked Preforms, as discussed above. It should be understood that depending on the nature of the glue, cleaning operations and / or matrix resins used in the composite, sizing and / or finishing steps may be eliminated. Then, the One or more preforms incorporated into conventional glass fiber composite technology are combined with one or more preforms incorporated into the present invention to form an electronic carrier as discussed above, and in particular a multilayer laminate or circuit board. For more information on manufacturing circuit boards (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) · Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 61-1228520 A7 V. Description of Invention (59)

息’可參閲1電子材料丰I TM -ASM 國際(1989),第 113_115 頁, R· Tiraimala (編著),微雷 + # 壯 &lt; -髮~^ii_(1989),第 858-861 與 895-909 頁,M. W. Jawitz,印刷雷放&gt; &lt; 第 9.1-9.42 頁,及 C. F.For more information, please refer to 1 Electronic Materials Feng I TM -ASM International (1989), p. 113_115, R. Tiraimala (ed.), Wei Lei + # Zhuang &lt;-发 ~ ^ ii_ (1989), p. 858-861 and 895-909 pages, MW Jawitz, printing amplifier &gt; &pages; 9.1-9.42, and CF

Coombs,Jr.(編著),刷雷玫 (第 3 版,1988),第 6 κ 7 頁, 其係併於本文供參考。 用以形成本發明電子盡髀少 戰之複合物與層合物,可用以形 成使用於電子工業上之4+發 n ^ 果上炙封裝,且更特別是第一、第二及/ 或第三階層之封裝,链Ατ λ片卜 衣 s如在τ皿血ala,第25·43頁中所揭示者 ,其係併於本文供參考0此外 太益、 ^ 此外,本發明亦可用於其他封裝 階層。 現在以下述特定非限制性實例説明本發明。 實例1 將製自併入織物而其中紗線具有不同上漿組合物之預片 之電等級層合物進行測試,以評估其鑽孔性質,且更明確 石之’爲(i)用以經過層合物鑽孔之鑽孔機之鑽孔尖磨耗, 與(ii)經過層合物所鑽出孔洞之位置準確度。對照物A與試 樣B爲併入7628式樣織物之層合物,如前文所討論者。在 對照物A中之織物,係爲經熱清理及矽烷整理之織物,可 市購得自Clark Schwebel且經確認爲7628-718。在試樣B中之織 物係由包含玻璃纖維之紗線織造而成,該玻璃纖維已塗覆 樹脂可相容之膠漿’如本文所陳述且示於表1中。被織造 成試樣B之玻璃纖維,具有灼燒損失爲0.35百分比。 -62 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 請 先 閱 讀 背 Φ 之 注 項 再 填 本 頁 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1228520 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明(60)表1 以總固體爲基準,使用於試樣B中之 膠漿成份之重量百分比 成份 試樣B 熱塑性聚酯成膜聚合體94 27.0 熱塑性聚酯成膜聚合體95 36.2 聚乙烯基四氫吡咯酮96 9.0 環氧基官能性有機矽烷偶合劑97 2.1 丙烯酸官能性有機矽烷偶合劑98 4.4 聚氧化烯嵌段共聚物99 9.0 聚醯胺1G() 4.4 乳化劑1(31 5.4 氮化硼粉末粒子1G2 0.9 25重量%氮化硼含水分散液1G3 1.5 醋酸 &lt;0.1 9 4 RD-847A聚酯樹脂,其可市購得自Borden化學公司(Columbus, Ohio)。 95DESMOPHEN 2000聚己二酸乙二醇酯,其可市購得自Bayer (Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania)。 96PVP K-30聚乙晞基四氫吡咯酮,其可市購得自ISP化學公司(Wayne, New Jersey) ° 97Α·187 r-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷,其可市購得自〇si特用品公 司(Tarrytown,New York) 0 98a-174 r-甲基丙晞醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷,其可市購得自〇Si特用品 公司(Tarrytown,New York) 〇 99PLURONICTMF-108聚氧化丙烯-聚氧化乙烯共聚物,其可市購得自 BASF 公司(Parsippany,New Jersey) 〇 100VERSAMID 140聚醯胺,其可市購得自General Mils化學公司。 1 G 1 MACOL NP-6壬基酚界面活性劑,其可市購得自BASF (Parsippany,New Jersey) ° iMpolarThem^PT 160氮化硼粉末粒子,其可市購得自先進陶瓷材料公司 (Lakewood, Ohio) ° 1 0 3 ORPAC BORON RELEASECOAT-CONC,其可市購得自 ZYP 塗料公司(〇ak, Ridge) 〇 -63- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝Coombs, Jr. (eds.), Lei Leimei (3rd ed., 1988), page 6 κ 7, which is incorporated herein by reference. The composites and laminates used to form the electronic endless warfare of the present invention can be used to form a 4+ capacitor package used in the electronics industry, and more particularly the first, second, and / or first Encapsulation of three levels, the chain Ατ λ piece of cloth s, as disclosed in τ dish blood ala, page 25 · 43, which is incorporated herein for reference. In addition, it is also beneficial, ^ In addition, the present invention can also be used for Encapsulation hierarchy. The invention is now illustrated by the following specific non-limiting examples. Example 1 An electrical grade laminate made from pre-sheets incorporated into a fabric in which yarns have different sizing compositions was tested to evaluate its drilling properties, and it is more clear that the stone is (i) used for Wear of the drilling tip of the drill for lamination drilling, and (ii) the accuracy of the position of the hole drilled through the laminate. Control A and Sample B were laminates incorporating a 7628 pattern fabric, as discussed previously. The fabric in Control A is a heat-cleaned and silane-finished fabric, which is commercially available from Clark Schwebel and confirmed to be 7628-718. The fabric in Sample B was woven from yarns containing glass fibers which had been coated with a resin-compatible dope &apos; as stated herein and shown in Table 1. The glass fiber woven into Sample B had a burning loss of 0.35 percent. -62-This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) Please read the note on the back Φ before filling this page Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Employee Consumption Cooperative 1228520 A7 B7 Ministry of Economic Affairs Wisdom Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Property Bureau V. Description of the invention (60) Table 1 Weight percentage of the glue component used in Sample B based on total solids Sample B Thermoplastic polyester film-forming polymer 94 27.0 Thermoplastic polymer Ester film-forming polymer 95 36.2 Polyvinyltetrahydropyrrolidone 96 9.0 Epoxy-functional organic silane coupling agent 97 2.1 Acrylic-functional organic silane coupling agent 98 4.4 Polyoxyalkylene block copolymer 99 9.0 Polyamine 1G ( ) 4.4 Emulsifier 1 (31 5.4 Boron nitride powder particles 1G2 0.9 25% by weight boron nitride aqueous dispersion 1G3 1.5 Acetic acid &lt; 0.1 9 4 RD-847A polyester resin, which is commercially available from Borden Chemical Company (Columbus , Ohio). 95 DESMOPHEN 2000 polyethylene adipate, which is commercially available from Bayer (Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania). 96PVP K-30 polyethylene acetamidotetrahydropyrrolidone, which is commercially available from ISP Chemical Company. Wayne, New Jersey) ° 97A · 187 r-glycidyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, which is commercially available from 0si Specialty Products Company (Tarrytown, New York) 0 98a-174 r-methylpropane Oxypropyltrimethoxysilane, which is commercially available from OSi Specialty Products Company (Tarrytown, New York), 099PLURONICTMF-108 polyoxypropylene-polyethylene oxide copolymer, which is commercially available from BASF Corporation (Parsippany , New Jersey) 〇100VERSAMID 140 polyamine, which is commercially available from General Mils Chemical Company. 1 G 1 MACOL NP-6 nonylphenol surfactant, which is commercially available from BASF (Parsippany, New Jersey) ° iMpolarThem ^ PT 160 boron nitride powder particles, which are commercially available from Advanced Ceramic Materials Company (Lakewood, Ohio) ° 1 0 3 ORPAC BORON RELEASECOAT-CONC, which are commercially available from ZYP Coatings Company (〇ak, Ridge) 〇-63- This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page).

- 丁· a·— ^ ^ · tmmm n I i^i I # 1228520 A7 B7 五、發明說明(61 ) 預片係精手工鋪層程序製備,其涉及使用油漆刷,將標 率FR_4環氧樹脂_Nm〇韻樹脂,可得自_化學公司) 塗敷至織物。將此樹脂飽和之織物,立即在排氣熱空氣烘 箱中,於航(325T)下&quot;乾燥&quot;及進㈣階段,歷經約3至 約U5分鐘,直到在17rc (34〇下)下達成所要之膠凝時間Η# 秒爲止。將預片修剪成46公分x 46公分(18英吋χ 18英吋)區 段,並稱重以測定樹脂含量。於後續層合程序中,只使用 具有樹脂含量爲44百分比土2百分比之預片。 知預片堆璺8個焉,並在Vabash壓機中,於(350°F )及 345牛頓/平方公分(500psi)下模製7〇分鐘。將所有層合物 模製’未使用銅箔層。此等層合物顯示不同程度之空氣滯 訂 留。咸認在層合期間缺少眞空輔助,及溫度激升,會助長 此種狀況。 工具磨耗分析 進行第一系列試驗,以評估鑽孔尖磨耗。此尖端磨耗係 以鑽孔尖磨耗百分比,,爲觀點作表示,其係使用下式計算 鑽孔尖磨耗百分比=100 X (Pi-PfXPi 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 其中Pi=主要切割邊緣之最初寬度-D · a · — ^ ^ · tmmm n I i ^ i I # 1228520 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (61) The pre-sheet is prepared by manual lamination procedure, which involves the use of a paint brush and the standard rate FR_4 epoxy resin _Nm0 rhyme resin, available from _Chemical Co.) is applied to the fabric. The resin-saturated fabric was immediately placed in an exhaust hot air oven under the "Drying" and entry stage at 325T, and it took about 3 to about 5 minutes, until it was reached at 17rc (under 34 °). The required gel time is Η # seconds. The pre-cuts were cut into 46 cm x 46 cm (18 inch x 18 inch) sections and weighed to determine the resin content. In the subsequent lamination process, only preforms with a resin content of 44% and 2% were used. The preforms were piled 8 times and molded in a Vabash press at (350 ° F) and 345 Newtons per square centimeter (500psi) for 70 minutes. All laminates were molded 'without using a copper foil layer. These laminates show varying degrees of air retention. It is believed that the lack of air-assistance assistance during lamination and the surge in temperature will contribute to this situation. Tool wear analysis The first series of tests were performed to assess bore tip wear. This tip wear is expressed as a percentage of drill tip wear, which is expressed as a point of view. It uses the following formula to calculate the percentage of drill tip wear = 100 X (Pi-PfXPi printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, where Pi = main cutting Initial width of edge

Pf=在欲分配之孔洞被鑽孔後,主要切割邊緣 之寬度 參考圖7,鑽孔機474之主要切割邊緣472之寬度470係在鑽 孔尖周圍邊緣處度量。 鑽孔係使用單頭鑽孔機進行。鑽孔係於3個高度堆疊之 -64 - 參紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1228520Pf = Width of the main cutting edge after the hole to be allocated is drilled. Referring to FIG. 7, the width 470 of the main cutting edge 472 of the drilling machine 474 is measured at the edge around the drilling tip. The drilling is performed using a single-head drilling machine. The drilling is in a stack of 3 heights -64-Reference paper size Applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1228520

、發明說明(62) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 層合物(討論於上文)上,使用〇 2〇3毫米〇〇8英吋)厚之鋁 通道及1·88耄米(〇·〇74英吋)厚之紙核芯酚性樹脂塗覆之背襯 施行。一次將3個層合物鑽孔,通常係爲此工業上之標準 實務。鑽孔尖磨耗百分比,係測定兩種鑽孔直徑:〇 35亳 米(0.0138英吋)與〇·46毫米(〇 〇18英吋)。兩種鑽孔機爲5〇8系 歹J灭化鎢鑽孔機,可知自Tuion公司California)。在鑽 孔期間之切削負載,對每一工具係保持固定在〇 〇〇1下。於 本文中使用之”切削負載&quot;,係意謂以每分鐘之英吋數度量 之鑽孔機插入速率,對以每分鐘之轉動數(ipm)度量之錠子 速度之比例。對〇·35毫米鑽孔機而言,錠子速度爲 100,000 rpm ’且插入速率爲每分鐘1〇〇英吋(254公分)。對 〇·46耄米鑽孔機而言,錠子速度爲8〇,〇〇〇rpms,且插入速率 爲每分鐘80英吋(203公分)。每分鐘254米(1〇〇〇英吋)之回縮 速率,及1.65毫米(0.065英吋)之上方鑽孔頭界限,對兩種工 具直徑係保持固定。於本文中使用之”鑽孔頭界限,,一詞, 係意謂鑽孔尖被抽出高於層合物上方表面之距離。 鑽孔尖磨耗百分比係以圖8中所示之5〇〇孔洞鑽孔圖樣爲 基礙進行測定,其包括在〇.635公分χ1〇16公分(〇25英吋χ4 英吋)方塊(區段580)中鑽出391個孔洞,接著爲1〇〇個孔洞 主10 X 10孔洞圖樣(區段582),接著爲9個孔洞呈3 X 3孔洞圖 樣(區段584)。於各區段中之孔洞,係以每平方公分以個孔 洞(每平方英吋400個孔洞)之孔洞密度鑽出。將此圖樣另 外重複一 /人,以達總计2000個孔洞。供試驗1與2用之鑽孔 ,係使用Uniline2000單頭鑽孔機完成,而供試驗3用之鑽孔 _ -65- 本紙張尺度過用T國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ----------—裝-------訂-------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) # ο 2 5 822 A7B7 i、發明說明(63) ’係使用CNC-7單頭鑽孔機完成。兩種機器可得自Esterline 技術公司(Bellevue,Washington) 〇 表2顯示對照物A與試樣B,關於0·35與0·46毫米直徑鑽孔 機,在上文所討論之圖樣鑽出2000個孔洞後,鑽孔機之鑽 孔尖磨耗百分比。各試驗均以新鑽錐開始。 表2 對照物A 試樣B 試驗1 0.35毫米 直徑鑽孔機 工具數 3 3 平均鑽孔尖 磨耗百分比 28.8 22.2 試驗2 0.46毫米 直徑鑽孔機 工具數 20 20 平均鑽孔尖 磨耗百分比 34.0 24.4 試驗3 0.46毫米 直徑鑽孔機 工具數 10 10 平均鑽孔尖 磨耗百分比 30.8 29.3 正如可在表2中見及者,於試驗1與2中之試樣,其包含 玻璃纖維纖絲,其已使用如本文中所述之可與層合物基質 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -裝----- 訂-------- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 樹脂相容之膠漿塗覆,該纖絲在2000個孔洞後,顯示出比 對照物Α顯著較低之鑽孔尖磨耗百分比,該對照物a包含 在以含秒烷整理膠漿塗覆之前必須加熱清理之玻璃纖維纖 絲。試驗3在鑽孔尖磨耗百分比上,僅顯示最低限度之改 良’但咸認此係由於在此試驗中使用CNC-7鑽孔機,與在 试驗1與2中使用之Uniline 2000鑽孔機相較,較爲老舊且在 鑽孔武驗期間提供較少控制之事實所致。 位置 用以評估層合物鑽孔性能之一種常用度量法,係爲孔洞 ---------- -- 66 - 本紙張尺錢財準(CNS)A_4規格⑽x 297公爱)Description of the invention (62) On the printed laminates (discussed above) of the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the use of 0203 mm (0.88 inches) thick aluminum channels and 1.88mm ( 0.074 inches) thick paper core phenolic resin coated backing. Drilling 3 laminates at a time is usually a standard practice in this industry. Drilling point wear percentages are determined from two types of drilling diameters: 0.35 mm (0.0138 inches) and 0.46 mm (0.018 inches). The two drilling machines are 508 series 歹 J tungsten tungsten drilling machines, known from Tuion, California). The cutting load during drilling is kept fixed at 001 for each tool system. As used herein, "cutting load" means the ratio of the drilling machine's insertion rate, measured in inches per minute, to the spindle speed, measured in revolutions per minute (ipm). For a 35 mm drill, the spindle speed is 100,000 rpm 'and the insertion rate is 100 inches (254 cm) per minute. For a 0.46 mm drill, the spindle speed is 80, 〇00rpms and insertion rate of 80 inches (203 cm) per minute. Retraction rate of 254 meters (1000 inches) per minute, and the limit of the drill head above 1.65 mm (0.065 inches) The two tool diameters are kept fixed. The term "boring head limit", as used herein, means that the drilling tip is drawn a distance higher than the surface above the laminate. Drilling point wear percentage is measured based on the 500 hole drilling pattern shown in Figure 8, which includes a block of 0.6635 cm x 1016 cm (25 inch x 4 inch) In 580), 391 holes were drilled, followed by 100 holes with a main 10 X 10 hole pattern (section 582), and then 9 holes with a 3 X 3 hole pattern (section 584). The holes in each section were drilled at a hole density of 400 holes per square inch (400 holes per square inch). This pattern was repeated one more person to reach a total of 2,000 holes. The holes used for tests 1 and 2 were completed using a Uniline 2000 single-head drilling machine, and the holes used for test 3 were used. -65- This paper has been used in the national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297). Mm) ------------ install ------- order -------- (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) # ο 2 5 822 A7B7 i. Description of the invention (63) 'It is completed by CNC-7 single-head drilling machine. Two machines are available from Esterline Technologies (Bellevue, Washington). Table 2 shows Control A and Sample B. For the 0.35 and 0.46 mm diameter drills, the pattern discussed above drilled 2000. After the number of holes, the percentage of the wear of the drill tip of the drill. Each test started with a new drill cone. Table 2 Control A Sample B Test 1 0.35 mm diameter drill tool number 3 3 Average drill point wear percentage 28.8 22.2 Test 2 0.46 mm diameter drill tool number 20 20 Average drill point wear percentage 34.0 24.4 Test 3 0.46 mm diameter drilling machine tools 10 10 Average drilling tip wear percentage 30.8 29.3 As can be seen in Table 2, the samples in tests 1 and 2 contained glass fiber filaments, which have been used as described herein Laminated substrates described in the above (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Compatible dope coating. After 2000 holes, the filaments show a significantly lower percentage of drill-point abrasion than control A, which contains a must before finishing the dope coating with secane Glass fiber filaments cleaned by heating. Test 3 shows only a minimal improvement in the percentage of drilling tip wear. However, it is believed that this is due to the use of CNC-7 drilling machine in this test and Uniline 2000 drilling machine used in tests 1 and 2. This is due to the fact that it is older and provides less control during the drill inspection. Position A common measurement used to evaluate the drilling performance of laminates is a hole -----------66-This paper rule Money and Money Standard (CNS) A_4 size x 297 public love)

!228520 A7! 228520 A7

五、發明說明(64) 位置準確度。此項試驗係度量實際孔洞位置與其意欲位置 &lt;距離上之偏差。此度量法係採用在3層合堆疊之底部層 合物下方表面上,其中鑽孔機係探出層合物堆疊,因預期 此孔洞位置將與所意欲或,,眞實”孔洞位置具有最大差異。 此差異係以”偏差距離”爲觀點作評估,意即在層合物表面 上所鑽出孔洞之實際眞正中心,至所意欲孔洞之眞正中心 之距離。偏差距離係於上文所討論之5〇〇孔洞順序重複4次 後’意即’各工具鑽出總共2〇〇〇個孔洞後度量。偏差距離 係針對最後鑽出之100孔洞圖樣,意即最後鑽孔區段582進 行度量。孔洞係使用上文所討論類型之得自Tul〇n公司之 0.46愛米(〇·〇ι8英吋)直徑系列5〇8鑽孔機進行鑽孔。正如在 工具磨耗試驗中使用之情況,鑽孔機之錠子速度爲 80,000 rpm ’且插入速率爲每分鐘8〇英吋,切削負載〇 〇〇1。 此試驗係對各對照物A與試樣B重複八次,其中各試驗係 以新鑽孔機開始。 表3顯不對照物a與試樣B,於鑽出2〇〇〇個孔洞後之位置 準確度試驗結果。 表3 對照物A 試樣B 鑽孔機數 8 8 平均偏差距離(微米) 38 28 正如可見及者,試樣B比對照物a顯示較低偏差距離, 當此層合物作爲併入大數目孔洞與電路之電子載體使用時 ,這疋特別重要的。這與上文表2中所示之鑽孔尖磨耗百 分比數據一致。更明確言之,可預期的是,顯示較低鑽孔 -67- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱^------- ------------裝— (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) #. 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1228520V. Description of the invention (64) Position accuracy. This test measures the deviation of the actual hole position from its intended position &lt; distance. This measurement system is adopted on the surface below the bottom laminate of the 3-layer stack, where the drilling machine detects the stack of laminates, because it is expected that the location of this hole will be the most different from the desired or, the location of the "solid" hole This difference is evaluated from the viewpoint of "deviation distance", which means the distance from the actual center of the hole drilled on the surface of the laminate to the center of the center of the desired hole. The deviation distance is based on the above. The 5,000 holes in the discussion are repeated 4 times in sequence, which means that each tool drills a total of 2,000 holes. The deviation distance is based on the last 100 holes pattern, which means the last drilling section 582. Measure. Holes were drilled using a 0.46 Amy (0.88 inch) diameter series 508 drill from Tulon, of the type discussed above. As used in the tool abrasion test The spindle speed of the drilling machine is 80,000 rpm 'and the insertion rate is 80 inches per minute and the cutting load is 0.001. This test was repeated eight times for each control A and sample B, where each test system Start with a new drilling machine. 3 shows the position accuracy test results of the control a and sample B after 2000 holes were drilled. Table 3 Control A Sample B Number of drilling machines 8 8 Average deviation distance (micron) 38 28 As can be seen, sample B shows a lower deviation distance than control a, which is particularly important when this laminate is used as an electronic carrier that incorporates a large number of holes and circuits. This is the same as in Table 2 above. The drill tip wear percentage data shown are consistent. More specifically, it can be expected to show lower drill holes -67- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 public love ^- ----- ------------ Install — (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) #. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 1228520

五、 發明說明(肪) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 尖磨耗百分比之層合物,亦將顯示較低偏差距離,因爲 孔尖將較尖銳,歷經較大鑽孔數。 ^ '、V. Description of the invention (Fat) The laminates produced by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs will show a lower deviation distance because the hole tip will be sharper and have experienced a larger number of holes. ^ ',

在實例2中,進行其他鑽孔工具磨耗百分比試驗。將厂 入如前文所討論之7628式樣織物之電等級層合物對,昭物= 與試樣D、E及F,測試鑽孔工具磨耗百分比。在昭' C 中 &lt;織物爲7628-718織物,得自Clark_Schwebel公司。在試樣〇 、E及F中之織物,係由緯紗與經紗織造而成,該緯紗包 含已塗覆樹脂可相容膠漿之玻璃纖維,如本文所述且:二 表4中,該經紗具有已塗覆不同聚合體基質材料可相容之 塗料組合物之玻璃纖維104。 1 04此經紗爲PPG工業公司之市購可得玻璃纖維紗線產品,稱 5玻 璃纖維紗線,已塗覆PPG工業公司之1383黏合劑。 -68- I紙張尺度適用甲國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公f ) ----I---- 裝! 丨*i 訂--— — — — — — (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1228520 五、發明說明(部) 表4 j吏用於試樣、E及F之膠漿成份In Example 2, other drilling tool wear percentage tests were performed. The electrical grade laminate pairs of the 7628-type fabrics, which were discussed in the previous article, are shown in Figures = and Samples D, E, and F. Test the abrasion percentage of the drilling tool. &Lt; Fabric in Zhao'C is 7628-718 fabric, available from Clark_Schwebel. The fabrics in Samples 0, E, and F were woven from weft yarns and warp yarns, which weft yarns contained glass fibers coated with resin-compatible glue, as described herein and in Table 4: Glass fiber 104 having a coating composition compatible with different polymer matrix materials. 1 04 This warp yarn is a commercially available glass fiber yarn product of PPG Industries, called 5 glass fiber yarns, which has been coated with 1383 adhesive from PPG Industries. -68- I paper size applies to National Standard A (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 male f) ---- I ---- installed!丨 * i Order --- — — — — — (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) 1228520 V. Description of the Invention (Part)

重量百分违_,以總固體爲基I 105PVPK-30聚乙晞基四氳吡咯酮,其可市購得自isp化學公司^㈣^乃D ιοό STEPAN TEX 653 ’ 其可市講得自 Stepan 公司(Maywood,NJ)。 1 G7 A-187 r-縮水甘油氧基丙基三曱氧基矽烷,其可市購得自〇Si特用品 公司(Tarrytown, NY) 0 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 成份之重量百分比, 以總固體爲基準 試檨 成份 D E F 聚乙烯基四氫吡咯酮1 05 13.4 14.7 13.4 棕搁酸鯨蠟酯1G6 0 29.9 27.3 環氧基官能性有機矽烷偶合劑107 1.9 1.8 1.6 丙烯酸官能性有機矽烷偶合劑108 3.8 3.7 3.3 軟化劑1G9 1.9 2.4 2.2 乳化劑n〇 0 1.6 1.5 乳化劑111 0 3.3 3.0 消泡劑112 0 0.2 0.2 消泡劑113 0.2 0 0 苯乙烯/丙烯酸系共聚物中空粒 子分散液114 0 42.4 0 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) I G 8 A-174 r·曱基丙晞醯氧基丙基三甲氧基珍燒,其可市購得自〇si特用 品公司(Tarrytown, NY)。 1()9EMERY^6717部份醯胺化之聚乙晞亞胺,其可市購得自Henkd公司 (Kankakee, IL) ° 11GMACOL OP-10乙氧基化燒基紛,其可市購得自BASF公司(parsippany,NJ)。 111 TMAZ-81花揪醇酯之環氧乙燒衍生物,其可市購得自BASF公司 (Parsippany, NJ) ° II 2 MAZU DF-136 消泡劑,其可市購得自 BASF 公司(Parsippany,NJ)。 11 3 SAG 10消泡物質’其可市購得自〇Si特用品公司(Danbury,Corniecticut)。 114ROPAQUE®HP-1055,1.0微米粒子分散液,其可市購得自R〇hm&amp;Haas 公司(Philadelphia,PA)。 -69- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1228520 五、發明說明(67) 苯乙烯/丙烯酸系共聚物中空粒 0 0 38.6 子分散液115 氮化硼分散液116 _ 3.8 0 6.3 氮化硼粉末117 &quot;^5.9 0 2.6 熱塑性聚酯成膜聚合體118 _ 23.0 0 0 熱塑性聚酯成膜聚合體119 ^31.0 0 0 聚氧化烯嵌段共聚物12G 8.4 0 0 聚氧乙基化植物油121 2.5 0 0 烷氧基化之壬基酚122 4.2 0 0 LOI 0.35 0.4-0.48 0.34-0.36 接著將織物以具有Tg約140°C之FR·4環氧樹脂(由Nelco國 際公司(Anaheim,CA)稱爲4000-2樹脂)製成預片。在預浸潰之 前,此上漿組合物並未自織物移除。以下述方式製造層合 物,堆疊8-層預片材料與四層1盍司銅(如下文所示),並 其使在約355°F (約179°C )之溫度,每平方英忖約300磅(約 2.1百萬巴斯卡)之壓力下,層合在一起,歷經約150分鐘( 總循環時間)。層合物與銅之厚度範圍爲約0·052英吋(約 11 5ROPAQUE® OP-96,0.55微米粒子分散液,其可市購得自Rohm &amp; Haas公 司(Philadelphia, PA)。 11 6 ORPAC BORON NITRIDE RELEASECOAT-CONC 氮化硼分散液,其可市購 得自ZYP塗料公司(Oak Ridge,TN)。 11 7PolarTherm®PT 160氮化硼粉末,其可市購得自先進陶瓷材料公司 (Lakewood, OH) ° 11 8 RD_847A聚醋樹脂,其可市購得自Bordai化學公司(Columbus,Ohio)。 11 9DESMOPHEN 2000聚己二酸乙二醇酯,其可市購得自Bayer (Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania) 0 12〇PLURONICTMF-108聚氧化丙烯·聚氧化乙烯共聚物,其可市購得自 BASF 公司(Parsippany,New Jersey) 〇 1 2 1 ALKAMULS EL-719聚氧乙基化植物油,其可市購得自Rhone-Poulenc。 122ICONOLNP-6烷氧基化之壬基酚,其可市購得自BASF公司(Parsippany, New Jersey) ° -70- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) ------------裝--------^—訂--------*5^^· (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1228520 A7 &quot; '~ __________ 五、發明說明(68 ) 0.132公分)至約0·065英吋(〇165公分)。在形成層合物時,係 將八個預片與銅層以下列配置進行堆疊: 一個1盎司/平方呎閃亮銅層 三個預片層 一個1盎司/平方呎RTF (逆處理箔)銅層 兩個預片層 一個1盎司/平方呎RTF銅層 三個預片層 一個1盎司/平方呎閃亮銅層 和取後元成之層合物修男成40.6公分X 50.8公分(16英忖x 2〇 英忖)。 鑽孔係使用Uniline 2000單頭鑽孔機進行。鑽孔係在3個高 度堆登之層合物(討論於上文)上,使用〇 〇1〇英忖(〇 254毫米) 厚之銘通道,及〇·1英吋(2·54毫米)厚之鋁包層碎料板背襯 施行鑽孔工具磨耗百分比,係針對0.34毫米(〇 〇135英忖) 工具直徑,可得自Tulon公司(Gardenia, CA)之80系列碳化鎢鑽 孔機進行測定。鑽孔期間之切削負載係保持固定在〇 〇〇1下 ,其中錠子速度爲95,000 rpm,且插入速率爲每分鐘95英忖 (241公分)。鑽孔機回縮速率爲每分鐘9〇英忖29米),及 上方鑽孔頭界限爲0.059英吋(1.5毫米)上方鑽孔頭界限。 鑽孔尖磨耗百分比,係以1500與2500孔洞鑽孔圖樣爲基 礎進行檢驗。各區段中之孔洞,係以每平方公分28個孔洞 (每平方英吋約178個孔洞)之孔洞密度進行鑽孔。 表2顯示對照物C及試樣D、E及F,在鑽出15〇〇與25〇〇個 -71 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) *- ----------I 裝 i — — i — -1 —訂— — — — — · (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 1228520五、發明說明(的) 表5 孔洞後心鑽孔尖磨耗百分比。各組孔洞係以新鑽錐開始, 且層合物之各堆疊具有十個1500孔洞族群,及十個25〇〇孔 洞族群。將三個堆叠之各織物類型層合物鑽孔,因此對各 試樣度量30個鑽孔機之鑽孔尖磨耗百分比。 1500個孔洞 2500個孔洞 鑽孔尖磨耗百分比 對照物C 試樣D 試樣E 試樣F 24.9 19.8 21.5 19.5 28·3 一 Γ 25.3 28.0 zitj 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 覆如本文中所述且可與層合基質樹脂相容之膠漿之玻璃钃 、准纖絲,其在1500個孔洞後,顯示比對照物A顯著較低之 磨耗百分比,該對照物A包含之玻璃纖維纖絲,必須在以 含矽烷之整理膠漿塗覆之前,經熱清理。於25〇〇個孔洞後 ,關於試樣D、E&amp;F之鑽孔工具磨耗百分比之量,仍然低 A對恥物C,但較不顯著。這是被預期的,因爲大部份工 具磨耗,係在較早期鑽出孔洞期間發生,而非在族群中最 後鑽出之孔洞中發生。 基杰上述’雖然在本發明中並無限制,但以玻璃纖維織 物製成之預片,該織物已塗覆如本文所述之聚合體基質可 相容之膠槳,較佳係具有鑽孔尖磨耗百分比不大於約幻百 分比,更佳爲不大於約3〇百分比,且最佳爲不大於約25百 分比’其係在經過3個層合物之堆疊鑽出2〇〇〇個孔洞後測 得,各層合物包含八個預片,在每平方英吋4〇〇個孔洞之 孔洞密度下,及切削負載爲0·001,使用〇 46毫米(〇 〇18英忖 ^-------Γ -------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -72 ^紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(21〇 χ 297公釐 消 1228520 A7 B7Weight percent violation, based on total solids I 105PVPK-30 Polyethylpyridinone, which is commercially available from isp Chemical Company ^ ㈣ ^ 是 D ιοό STEPAN TEX 653 'It is commercially available from Stepan Company (Maywood, NJ). 1 G7 A-187 r-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, which is commercially available from 0Si Specialty Products Company (Tarrytown, NY) Based on total solids, DEF polyvinyltetralone 1 05 13.4 14.7 13.4 cetyl palmitate 1G6 0 29.9 27.3 epoxy functional organic silane coupling agent 107 1.9 1.8 1.6 acrylic functional organic silane Coupling agent 108 3.8 3.7 3.3 Softener 1G9 1.9 2.4 2.2 Emulsifier no. 0 1.6 1.5 Emulsifier 111 0 3.3 3.0 Defoamer 112 0 0.2 0.2 Defoamer 113 0.2 0 0 Styrene / acrylic copolymer hollow particle dispersion 114 0 42.4 0 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) IG 8 A-174 r · Aminopropylpropyloxypropyltrimethoxypropane, which is commercially available from 〇si Special Supplies Company (Tarrytown, NY). 1 () 9EMERY ^ 6717 Partially aminated polyethyleneimine, which is commercially available from Henkd Company (Kankakee, IL) ° 11GMACOL OP-10 ethoxylated alkyl group, which is commercially available from BASF Corporation (parsippany, NJ). 111 TMAZ-81 Ethylene oxide derivative of anisocyanate, which is commercially available from BASF (Parsippany, NJ) ° II 2 MAZU DF-136 defoamer, which is commercially available from BASF (Parsippany , NJ). 11 3 SAG 10 Antifoam Substance &apos; is commercially available from Danbury, Corniecticut. 114ROPAQUE® HP-1055, a 1.0 micron particle dispersion, which is commercially available from Rohm & Haas Corporation (Philadelphia, PA). -69- This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 1228520 V. Description of the invention (67) Styrene / acrylic copolymer hollow particles 0 0 38.6 Sub-dispersion 115 Boron nitride dispersion 116 _ 3.8 0 6.3 Boron nitride powder 117 &quot; ^ 5.9 0 2.6 Thermoplastic polyester film-forming polymer 118 _ 23.0 0 0 Thermoplastic polyester film-forming polymer 119 ^ 31.0 0 0 Polyoxyalkylene block copolymer 12G 8.4 0 0 Polyoxyethylated vegetable oil 121 2.5 0 0 Alkoxylated nonylphenol 122 4.2 0 0 LOI 0.35 0.4-0.48 0.34-0.36 The fabric was then Tg about 140 ° C of FR · 4 epoxy resin (referred to as 4000-2 resin by Nelco International (Anaheim, CA)) made of pre-sheets. This sizing composition was not removed from the fabric before prepreg. Laminates were made in the following manner, stacking 8-layer pre-sheet material and four layers of 1% copper (as shown below), and set the temperature at about 355 ° F (about 179 ° C), per square inch Laminated together under a pressure of approximately 300 pounds (approximately 2.1 million Baska) for approximately 150 minutes (total cycle time). The thickness of the laminate and copper ranges from about 0.052 inches (about 11 5 ROPAQUE® OP-96, 0.55 micron particle dispersion, which is commercially available from Rohm &amp; Haas (Philadelphia, PA). 11 6 ORPAC BORON NITRIDE RELEASECOAT-CONC boron nitride dispersion, which is commercially available from ZYP Coatings (Oak Ridge, TN). 11 7PolarTherm® PT 160 boron nitride powder, which is commercially available from Advanced Ceramic Materials (Lakewood, OH) ° 11 8 RD_847A polyacetate resin, which is commercially available from Bordai Chemical Company (Columbus, Ohio). 11 9DESMOPHEN 2000 polyethylene adipate, which is commercially available from Bayer (Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania) 0 12〇PLURONICTMF-108 polyoxypropylene · polyethylene oxide copolymer, which is commercially available from BASF (Parsippany, New Jersey) 〇 1 2 1 ALKAMULS EL-719 polyoxyethylated vegetable oil, which is commercially available from Rhone-Poulenc. 122ICONOLNP-6 alkoxylated nonylphenol, which is commercially available from BASF (Parsippany, New Jersey) ° -70- This paper size is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297) Public love) ------------ install -------- ^-order ----- --- * 5 ^^ · (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 1228520 A7 &quot; '~ __________ V. Description of Invention (68) 0.132 cm) to approx. 0.065 inches (0165 cm). When forming the laminate, eight pre-sheets and copper layers were stacked in the following configuration: one 1 oz / sqft shiny copper layer three pre-sheet layers one 1 oz / sqft RTF (reverse-treated foil) copper Two pre-film layers, one 1 oz / sqft RTF copper layer, three pre-film layers, one 1-oz / sq ft shiny copper layer, and a lamination of the after-treatment layer.忖 x 2〇 英 忖). Drilling was performed using a Uniline 2000 single-head drilling machine. The holes were drilled on 3 highly stacked laminates (discussed above), using a 100 mm thick channel (0254 mm) and a 0.1 mm (2.54 mm) channel. Thick aluminum clad particle board backing for drilling tool wear percentage, based on 0.34 mm (00135 inch) tool diameter, available from Tulon (Gardenia, CA) Series 80 tungsten carbide drill Determination. The cutting load during drilling was kept constant at 001, with a spindle speed of 95,000 rpm and an insertion rate of 95 忖 (241 cm) per minute. The drill retraction rate is 90 inches (29 meters per minute), and the upper drill head limit is 0.059 inches (1.5 mm) above the drill head limit. Drilling point wear percentages are tested on the basis of 1500 and 2500 hole drilling patterns. The holes in each section are drilled at a hole density of 28 holes per square centimeter (about 178 holes per square inch). Table 2 shows the control C and samples D, E, and F. 15,000 and 250,000 were drilled -71-This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 public love) *- ---------- I Install i — — i — -1 —Order — — — — — (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page} 1228520 V. Description of the invention (of) Table 5 Percentage of abrasion at the center of the back of the hole. Each group of holes starts with a new drill cone, and each stack of the laminate has ten 1500 hole groups and ten 2500 hole groups. Three fabrics of each type Laminated holes were drilled, so the percentage of drilling tip abrasion of 30 drills was measured for each sample. 1500 holes 2500 holes drilled point abrasion percentage Control C Sample D Sample E Sample F 24.9 19.8 21.5 19.5 28 · 3 Γ 25.3 28.0 zitj Printed by the consumer co-operatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, glass maggots and quasi-fibrils covered with glue as described in this article and compatible with the laminated matrix resin, with 1500 holes After that, it shows a significantly lower abrasion percentage than control A, which contains glass fiber filaments It must be thermally cleaned before being coated with a silane-containing finishing glue. After 25,000 holes, the amount of abrasion of the drilling tools for samples D, E &amp; F is still low A to shame C , But less significant. This is expected because most of the tool wear occurs during the earlier drilling of holes, rather than in the last hole drilled in the ethnic group. Jijie's above, although in the present invention There is no limitation in this, but a pre-sheet made of glass fiber fabric, which has been coated with a polymer matrix compatible paddle as described herein, preferably with a drill point wear percentage not greater than about a percentage , More preferably no more than about 30%, and most preferably no more than about 25%, which is measured after drilling 2000 holes in a stack of 3 laminates, each of which contains eight The pre-film, at a hole density of 400 holes per square inch, and a cutting load of 0.001, using a 46 mm (0018 mm) ^ --------- Γ ----- --- (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) -72 ^ The paper size applies to Chinese national standards CNS) A4 size (χ 297 mm 21〇 elimination 1228520 A7 B7

直徑碳化鎢鑽孔機。 此外,基於上述,雖然在本發明中並無限制,但以已壁 覆如本文所述之聚合體基質可相容膠漿之破璃纖維織物所 製成I預片,較佳係具有偏差距離不大於約36微米,更佳 爲不大於約33微米,且最佳爲不大於約31微米,其係在經 過3個層合物之堆疊鑽出20⑻個孔洞之後測得,各層合物 包含八個預片,在每平方英吋4〇〇個孔洞之孔洞密;;, 及切削負載爲纖,使用〇.46毫米_8英叶)直徑 孔機。 爲 —雖然並以謂被任何特定理論所束縛,但咸信固體潤滑 劑心存在於本文中所揭示之破璃纖維塗料组合物中,及 -特定具體實施例中,氮化硼之存在,均有料本發 合物之經改良鑽孔性質。更特定言之,此固 於降㈣孔機磨耗,及所⑽孔狀^準確度上之^ 、二it如本文中所述樹脂可相容膠漿之破璃纖維製成 (層δ物中’,經改良之鑽孔性質係提供數项優點 =鑽孔壽命係意謂再削尖或棄置之前,各㈣可鑽出較 =洞。此外,由於經過本發明層合物所鑽出孔洞之位晋 率確度,係大^對習用層合物,預射堆4超過三個声二 :物下鑽孔,而具有與在習用層合物之3; 泛物堆登中所達成者相同之準確度。此㈣優點,_: 更成本有效之鑽孔操作。再者,於I合 曰 位置準確度係、經改良,因此,併人層合物之電 本紙張尺度適財⑽χ 29ϋDiameter tungsten carbide drilling machine. In addition, based on the above, although there is no limitation in the present invention, I pre-sheets made of glass-breaking fiber fabric that has been wall-covered with a polymer matrix compatible glue as described herein, preferably have a deviation distance No more than about 36 microns, more preferably no greater than about 33 microns, and most preferably no greater than about 31 microns, measured after drilling 20 钻 holes through a stack of 3 laminates, each laminate containing eight Preforms are densely packed at 400 holes per square inch; and the cutting load is fiber, using 0.46 mm_8 inch diameter) hole punch. For—though not presumed to be bound by any particular theory, Xianxin Solid Lubricants are present in the glass-breaking fiber coating compositions disclosed herein, and—in certain embodiments, the presence of boron nitride is Improved drilling properties of this hair compound. More specifically, this is fixed on the abrasion reduction of the boring machine, and the accuracy of the pore shape ^, it is made of glass-breaking fibers of resin-compatible glue as described herein (layer δ 'The improved drilling properties provide several advantages = drilling life means that each hole can be drilled before being sharpened or discarded. In addition, due to the holes drilled through the laminate of the present invention, The accuracy of the placement rate is large. For conventional laminates, the pre-fired reactor 4 has more than three sounds: drilling under the material, and has the same as that achieved in the conventional laminate 3; Accuracy. This advantage, _: a more cost-effective drilling operation. Furthermore, the position accuracy of the I-Position is improved and, therefore, the paper size of the laminate is suitable. Χ 29ϋ

裝 ---- -------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) I228520 五、 A7 發明說明(71) 質係經改良。 熟諳此藝者應明暸的是,在未偏離其廣義發明概念下, 可對上述具體實施例施行改變。因此,應明瞭的是,本發 明並不限於所揭示之特定具體實施例,但其係意欲涵蓋^ 本發明精神與範圍内之修正,如隨文所附申請專利範= 界定者。 ---------.---·裝--------丨訂-------- (請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 -74 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)Equipment ---- -------- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) I228520 V. A7 Description of Invention (71) The quality is improved. It should be clear to those skilled in the art that changes can be made to the above specific embodiments without departing from its broad invention concept. Therefore, it should be understood that the present invention is not limited to the specific specific embodiments disclosed, but it is intended to cover ^ amendments within the spirit and scope of the present invention, such as the patent application attached hereto for the definitions. ---------.--- · Install -------- 丨 Order -------- (Please read the phonetic on the back? Matters before filling out this page) Ministry of Economy Wisdom Printed by the Property Cooperatives Consumer Cooperatives -74 This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm)

Claims (1)

1228^(08117686 號專利申請案 A8 中文申請專利範圍替換本(92年^月)g __________ D8 六、申請專利範圍 1· 一種電子載體用之預片,此預片包含: (a)聚合體基質材料,包含 (1 )至少一種熱固性基質材料,選自包括熱 口 1*生水^、乙晞基酯類 '環氧化物類、驗酸塑 料、胺基塑料、熱固性聚胺基甲酸酯及其混合 物’及/或 … y 從恐父丨土 ®貝何料,選自包括聚 晞l、水醯胺、熱塑性聚胺基甲酸酯、熱塑性聚 酉曰乙烯基聚合體、聚醞亞胺、聚醚戚、聚苯基 砜、聚醚酮、聚苯醚、聚苯硫、聚縮醛、聚碳酸 έ 醋及其混合物;及⑼織物,其包括含玻璃纖 維〈股線,其中至少一種玻璃纖維係選自包括E·玻璃纖 維、D-玻璃,纖維、S_玻璃纖維、Q•破璃纖維、E_玻璃衍 生物纖維及其組合,至少一部份織物具有塗層,此塗層 :與該聚合體基質材料相容,該預片具有鑽孔端磨耗百 =比不大於32百分比,其量測係在經過3個層合物之堆 -鑽出2_個孔洞後、各層合物包含八個預片、在每平 万公分62個孔洞(每平方英付4〇〇個孔洞)之孔洞密度 ::及切削負載為0.001 ’使用0·46亳米_8 : 奴化鎢鑽孔機而進行。 2.請專利範圍第丨項之預片’其中鐵孔尖 比不大於30%。 3· 請專利範圍第2項之預片,其中錯孔尖 比不大於25%。1228 ^ (08117686 Patent Application A8 Chinese Patent Application Replacement Version (^^ 1992) g __________ D8 VI. Application for Patent Scope 1. A pre-sheet for an electronic carrier, this pre-sheet contains: (a) a polymer matrix Materials, including (1) at least one thermosetting matrix material, selected from the group consisting of hot water 1 * raw water ^, ethyl esters' epoxides, acid test plastics, amine-based plastics, thermosetting polyurethanes, and Its mixtures' and / or ... y From phobia 丨 clay® material, selected from the group consisting of polyfluorene, hydrolysine, thermoplastic polyurethane, thermoplastic polymer vinyl polymer, polyimide , Polyether, polyphenylsulfone, polyetherketone, polyphenylene ether, polyphenylene sulfide, polyacetal, polycarbonate, and mixtures thereof; and ⑼ fabrics, which include glass fiber <strands, at least one of which The glass fiber is selected from the group consisting of E · glass fiber, D-glass, fiber, S_glass fiber, Q · broken fiber, E_glass derivative fiber, and combinations thereof. At least a part of the fabric has a coating, and the coating : Compatible with the polymer matrix material, this pre-sheet has drilled ends The abrasion percentage = ratio is not more than 32%. The measurement is after the stack of 3 laminates-2_ holes are drilled. Each laminate contains eight pre-slices, with 62 holes per square centimeter (each The square hole has 400 holes) and the hole density is 0.001: and the cutting load is 0.001 'using 0.46mm_8: slave tungsten drilling machine. 2. Please pre-film of item 丨 of the patent scope' Iron hole tip ratio is not more than 30%. 3. Please request the pre-film of item 2 of the patent scope, where the hole tip ratio is not more than 25%. 1228520 A8 B81228520 A8 B8 U·根據申請專利範圍第10項之預片,其中至少一種粒子 包含聚合材料,選自包括無機聚合材料、合成有機聚合 材料、半合成有機聚合材料及天然有機聚合材料。 12.根據申請專利範圍第丨丨項之預片,其中至少一種粒子 包含熱塑性有機聚合材料,選自包括丙稀m合體、 乙埽基聚合體、熱塑性聚酿、聚烯烴、聚醯胺、熱塑性 聚胺基甲酸酯及其混合物。 13·根據申請專利範圍第12項之預片,其中至少一種粒子 係製自丙烯酸系共聚物’其係為苯乙埽與丙晞酸之共聚 物。 14·根據申請專利範圍第i 3項之預片,其中粒子為第一種 粒子’且樹脂可相容之塗料組合物進_步包含許多其他 :第一種粒子不同之離散、尺寸安定粒子,選自包括金 f/石墨、氧化物、碳化物、氮化物、硼化物、硫化 物、矽酸鹽及碳酸鹽。 15. 根據申請專利範圍第10項之預片,其中塗層包含潤滑 劑’選自包括㈣酸_@旨、月桂酸_§旨、月桂酸十 :基酿、肉豆惹酸十八基酿、棕櫚酸十八基醋、硬脂酸 十八基酯及石蠟。 16. 根據申請專利範圍第10項之預片,其中粒子包含氮化 删粒子’及製自苯乙婦與丙埽酸之共聚物之中心化 =中請專利範圍以項之預片,其中至卜種玻 、准係至少部份以塗料塗覆。 鐵 18.根據申請專利範圍第1項之預片,其中織物係選自包括 本紙張 Α4 規格(210Χ297:釐)_U. A pre-film according to item 10 of the scope of the patent application, wherein at least one particle contains a polymeric material selected from the group consisting of inorganic polymeric materials, synthetic organic polymeric materials, semi-synthetic organic polymeric materials, and natural organic polymeric materials. 12. The pre-film according to item 丨 丨 of the patent application scope, wherein at least one particle contains a thermoplastic organic polymer material selected from the group consisting of acrylic m-complex, acetamyl polymer, thermoplastic polymer, polyolefin, polyamide, thermoplastic Polyurethanes and mixtures thereof. 13. The pre-film according to item 12 of the scope of patent application, wherein at least one particle is made from an acrylic copolymer &apos;, which is a copolymer of phenethylhydrazone and propionic acid. 14. The pre-film according to item i 3 of the scope of the patent application, in which the particles are the first particles' and the resin-compatible coating composition further includes many other: discrete, dimensionally stable particles with different first particles, It is selected from the group consisting of gold f / graphite, oxide, carbide, nitride, boride, sulfide, silicate, and carbonate. 15. The pre-tablet according to item 10 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the coating contains a lubricant 'selected from the group consisting of acetic acid, lauric acid, lauric acid, lauric acid, ten lauric acid, myristic acid and octadecyl alcohol. , Octadecyl palmitate, stearyl stearate and paraffin. 16. The pre-film according to item 10 of the scope of the patent application, in which the particles include nitrided particles and the centralization of the copolymer made from acetophenone and propionate = the pre-film of the item in the patent scope, where Specimens and coatings are at least partially coated with paint. Iron 18. The pre-film according to item 1 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the fabric is selected from the paper including the paper A4 size (210 × 297: cents) _ 1228520 織造織物、非織造織物、針織織物及蓆。 19.根據申請專利範圍第i項之預片,其中預片具有偏差距 離不大於36微米,其係在經過3個層合物之堆疊鑽出 2000個孔洞後測得,各層合物包含八個預片,在每平方 公分62個孔洞(每平方英吋4〇〇個孔洞)之孔洞密度下, 及切削負載為0.001,使用0.46亳米(〇 〇18英吋)直徑碳化 嫣鑽孔機。 20. 根據申請專利範圍第^頁之預片,其中至少一部份織物 包含加捻玻璃纖維紗線。 21. 根據中請專利範圍第β之預片,丨中至少—部份織物 包含未加撿玻璃纖維。 22·根據申請專利範圍第!項之預片,其中至少一種破璃纖 維係使用直接熔體玻璃纖維形成方法製成。 23·根據申請專利範圍第i項之預片,其中至少一種破璃纖 維係使用彈子熔體玻璃纖維形成方法製成。 、 24·根據申請專利範圍第1項之預片,並 々/、甲織物為非織造織 物0 其中織物為織造織 25.根據申請專利範圍第1項之預片 物0 26. 根據申請專利範圍第25項之預片, 織機上織造。 你在貫祝 27. 根據申請專利範圍第2 6項之預片,其中s “、 /、 丁土少一'種玻璃 纖維係使用直接熔體玻璃纖維形成方法製成,且=心一 邓份織物包含加捨玻璃纖維紗線。 V -4 - 本紙張尺度適用中®目家標準(CNS) A4規格(21GX297公董) 1228520 申請專利範圍 艮據申凊專利範圍.第2 5項之預片,立中蜱物你产&gt; 織機上織造。 預片其中織物係在劍桿 29· = Μ專利範圍第則之預片,其中至少—種破璃 ^准係使用直接溶體玻璃.纖維形成方法製成,且至少一 4份織物包含加捻玻璃纖維紗線。 3〇.:據申請專利範圍第28項之預片,其中至少一種玻璃 L 減維係使用彈子熔體玻璃纖維形成方法製成’且至少一 4份織物包含未加捻玻璃纖維。 片種層合物,其係併入根據申請專利範圍第1項之預 32· —種電子載體用之預片,此預片包含: (a)聚合體基質材料,包含 (1 )至少一種熱固性基質材料,選自包括熱 口性氷Sei、乙晞基酯類、環氧化物類、酴酸塑 料、胺基塑料、熱固性聚胺基甲酸酯及其混合 物,及/或 (2)至少一種熱塑性基質材料,選自包栝聚 埽烴、聚醯胺、熱塑性聚胺基甲酸酯、熱塑性聚 酯、乙晞基聚合體、聚醯亞胺、聚醚砜、聚苯基 職、聚酮、聚苯醚、聚苯硫、聚縮醛、聚碳酸 酯及其混合物;及 ⑼包含玻璃纖維之經織造加強織物,其中至少一種 玻璃纖維係選自包括E-玻璃纖維、D-坡璃纖維、s-玻璃 纖維、Q-玻璃纖維、E_玻璃衍生物纖維及其組合,至少 -5- 本紙張尺度適用中國國豕標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1228520 A8 B8 C8 ---~—___Ρβ 六、申請專利範^ -— 一部份織物具有可與聚合體基質材料相容之塗層,此預 2 /、有偏差距離不大於36微米,其量測係在經過3個層 合^物之堆疊鑽出2000個孔洞後、在每平方公分62個孔洞 (每平方英吋400個孔洞)之孔洞密度下、及切削負載為 0.001,使用0.46亳米(0.018英吋)直徑碳化鎢鑽孔機而進 行。 33·根據申請專利範圍第32項之預片,其中偏差距離不大 於33微米。 34·根據申請專利範圍第3 3項之預片,其中偏差距離不大 於31微米。 35. 根據申請專利範圍第3 2項之預片,其中塗層包含固體 潤滑劑粒子。 36. 根據申請專利範圍第3 5項之預片,其中固體潤滑劑粒 子包含至少一種不可水合之無機固體潤滑劑粒子,選自 包括石墨、氮化硼、金屬二硫屬化合物、碘化鎘、硫化 銀、銦、鉈、錫、銅、鋅、金、銀、碳酸鈣、氟化鈣、 氧化鋅、二硫化鉬、二硒化鉬、二硫化鈕、二硒化鈕、 二硫化鎢、二硒化鎢及其混合物。 37. 根據申請專利範圍第3 6項之預片,其中不可水合之無 機固體潤滑劑粒子,包含六方晶體結構氮化硼粒子。 38. 根據申請專利範圍第3 $項之預片,其中固體潤滑劑粒 子之硬度值’係低於或等於玻璃纖維之硬度值。 39. 根據申請專利範圍第3 2項之預片,其中層合物包含八 個璺層之織造織物式樣,選自包括式樣1〇6、式樣1〇8、 - -6 - — 本紙張尺度適用ta目家料(CNS) M規格(21GX297公董) 12285201228520 Woven fabric, non-woven fabric, knitted fabric and mat. 19. The pre-film according to item i of the patent application scope, wherein the pre-film has a deviation distance of not more than 36 micrometers, which is measured after drilling 2000 holes in a stack of 3 laminates, each of which contains eight For the pre-filming, at a hole density of 62 holes per square centimeter (400 holes per square inch) and a cutting load of 0.001, a 0.46 mm (0018 inch) diameter carbonized drill was used. 20. According to the pre-sheet on page ^ of the scope of the patent application, at least a portion of the fabric comprises twisted glass fiber yarns. 21. According to the pre-film of the patent scope β, at least-part of the fabric contains unpicked glass fiber. 22 · According to the scope of patent application! In the pre-sheet of this item, at least one of the broken glass fibers is made using a direct melt glass fiber forming method. 23. The pre-film according to item i of the patent application scope, wherein at least one of the glass-breaking fibers is made by using a method of forming marble glass fibers. 24. According to the pre-filming of item 1 of the scope of the patent application, and / or the nail fabric is a non-woven fabric 0 of which the fabric is a woven fabric. 25. According to the pre-filming of the scope of the patent application 0. 26. 25-item pre-sheets, woven on a loom. You are wishing 27. According to the pre-filming of item 26 of the scope of patent application, s ", /, Ding Tu Shaoyi 'glass fiber is made using direct melt glass fiber formation method, and = Xin Yi Dengfen The fabric contains plus-cut glass fiber yarns. V -4-Applicable to this paper standard ® Standards (CNS) A4 (21GX297) 1228520 Scope of patent application According to the scope of patent application, the pre-film of item 25 , Lizhong ticks you produce> Weaving on a loom. The pre-sheet is a pre-sheet in which the rapier is 29 · = M patent scope, at least one kind of broken glass ^ standard system uses direct solution glass. Fiber formation It is made by the method, and at least one part of the 4 fabrics contains twisted glass fiber yarns. 30 .: According to the pre-sheet of item 28 of the patent application scope, at least one of the glass L is reduced using a marble melt glass fiber forming method And at least one of the 4 parts of the fabric contains untwisted glass fiber. The sheet laminate is incorporated into a pre-32 · -type electronic carrier according to item 1 of the patent application scope. This pre-sheet contains: (a) a polymer matrix material comprising (1) at least one A thermosetting matrix material selected from the group consisting of thermal mouth ice Sei, acetamidates, epoxides, acetic acid plastics, amine plastics, thermosetting polyurethanes and mixtures thereof, and / or (2) at least A thermoplastic matrix material selected from the group consisting of polyalkylene hydrocarbons, polyamidoamines, thermoplastic polyurethanes, thermoplastic polyesters, acetamidopolymers, polyamidoimide, polyethersulfone, polyphenylene, polyphenylene Ketones, polyphenylene ethers, polyphenylene sulfides, polyacetals, polycarbonates, and mixtures thereof; and ⑼ woven reinforcing fabrics comprising glass fibers, wherein at least one glass fiber is selected from the group consisting of E-glass fibers, D-slope glass Fiber, s-glass fiber, Q-glass fiber, E_glass derivative fiber and combination thereof, at least -5- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1228520 A8 B8 C8 --- ~ --___ Ρβ 6. Application for patents ^ --- Part of the fabric has a coating that is compatible with the polymer matrix material, this pre 2 /, the deviation distance is not greater than 36 microns, its measurement is in the process of After drilling 2,000 holes in a stack of 3 laminates, It was divided into 62 holes (400 holes per square inch) at a hole density of 0.001 and a cutting load of 0.001 using a tungsten carbide drill with a diameter of 0.46 mm (0.018 inches). 33. According to the 32nd scope of the patent application According to the pre-film of item, the deviation distance is not greater than 33 micrometers. 34. According to the pre-filming of item 33 of the patent application scope, the deviation distance is not more than 31 micrometers. 35. According to the pre-filming of item 32 of the patent application scope, of which The coating contains solid lubricant particles. 36. The pre-film according to item 35 of the patent application scope, wherein the solid lubricant particles include at least one non-hydratable inorganic solid lubricant particle selected from the group consisting of graphite, boron nitride, and metal. Chalcogen, cadmium iodide, silver sulfide, indium, osmium, tin, copper, zinc, gold, silver, calcium carbonate, calcium fluoride, zinc oxide, molybdenum disulfide, molybdenum diselenide, disulfide button, diselenium Chemical buttons, tungsten disulfide, tungsten diselenide, and mixtures thereof. 37. The pre-film according to item 36 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the non-hydratable inorganic solid lubricant particles include hexagonal crystal structure boron nitride particles. 38. The pre-sheet according to item 3 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the hardness value of the solid lubricant particles' is lower than or equal to the hardness value of the glass fiber. 39. The pre-film according to item 32 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the laminate includes eight woven layers of woven fabric patterns selected from patterns including pattern 106, pattern 108, and-6--this paper size applies tamu household materials (CNS) M specifications (21GX297 public director) 1228520 申請專利範園 式樣 1080、放;1 ^。 以及其組合。 式樣2116、式樣7535及式樣咖, =據申料利範圍第32項之預片,其中塗層包含⑴聚 -日,(2) 土少一種聚合體, K 合俨、^ Ρ ^ 达自包括乙缔基四氫吡咯酮聚 ::、乙㈣聚合體及殿粉;以及氮化蝴粒子。 .據申請專㈣圍第則之預片 ;散、尺寸安定粒子,製自以下材料,選自包:;= Γ聚合材料、複合材料及其混合物,其係在至= t與至少-根相鄰纖維之間提供間隙空間,此;子: 有平均粒子大小為〇·1至5微米。 ,、 裝 42· =申請專利範圍第…員之預片,其中至少一種粒子 LI聚Π料,選自包括無機聚合材料、合成有機聚合 ::、半合成有機聚合材料及天然有機聚合材料。 ·= 申請專利範圍第42項之預片,其中至少一 =熱塑性有機聚合材料’選自包括丙缔酸系聚合體、 t 取、 永§日聚烯烴、聚醯胺、熱塑性 來胺基甲酸酯及其混合物。 44::請專利範圍第43項之預片,其中至少-種粒予 =自㈣酸系共聚物’其係為笨乙稀與丙料之 物0 4?據申請專利範圍第44項之預片,其中粒子為第一種 粒子’且樹脂可相容之塗料組合物進—步包含許多其他 與弟-種粒子不同之離散、尺寸安定粒子,選自包括金 屬、石墨、氧化物、碳化物、氮化物、化物、繞化 本紙張尺度通用中國國家標準A4規格(210 X 297公爱) 1228520 A B c D 六、申請專利範圍 机根據中請專利“第41項之預片,其中塗層包含潤滑 劑’選自包括棕櫚酸鯨蠟酯、月桂酸鯨蠟酯、月桂酸十 八基酯、肉豆蔻酸十八基酯、棕櫚酸十八基酯、硬脂酸 十八基酯及石蠟。 仪根據申請專利範圍第41項之預片’其中粒子包含氮化 硼粒子,及製自苯乙烯與丙烯酸之共聚物 -根據申請專利範圍第32項之預片,其中至璃 纖維係至少部份以塗料塗覆。 49.根據申請專利範圍第32項之預片,其中織物係選自包 括織造織物、非織造織物、針織織物及鹿。 50· —種層合物,其係併入根據申請專利範圍第3 2項之預片。 -8- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1228520 第088117686號專利申請案 中文圖式替換頁(92年11月)Apply for patent Fan Yuan Style 1080, put; 1 ^. And its combination. Style 2116, Style 7535, and Style Coffee, = According to the pre-film of item 32 of the application range, where the coating contains poly-day, (2) one less polymer, K compound, ^ Ρ ^ Ethylene tetrahydropyrrolidone poly ::, acetamidine polymer and powder; and nitrided butterfly particles. . According to the application of the pre-segment of the special rule; loose, dimensional stable particles, made from the following materials, selected from the package: = Γ polymer materials, composite materials and mixtures thereof, which are at least t and at least-root phase Adjacent fibers provide interstitial spaces between them; this: There is an average particle size of 0.1 to 5 microns. , 42 ~ = pre-film of the patent application scope member, at least one kind of particle LI polymer material, selected from the group consisting of inorganic polymer materials, synthetic organic polymer ::, semi-synthetic organic polymer materials and natural organic polymer materials. · = Pre-film of item 42 in the scope of patent application, of which at least one = thermoplastic organic polymer material 'is selected from the group consisting of acrylic polymer, t-polymer, permanent polyolefin, polyamide, thermoplastic lylic acid Esters and mixtures thereof. 44: Please request the pre-filming of item 43 of the patent scope, where at least-seed particles = auto-acid copolymers, which are stupid ethylene and acrylic materials Flakes, in which the particles are the first particles and the resin-compatible coating composition further comprises many other discrete, dimensionally stable particles that are different from the other particles, selected from metals, graphite, oxides, and carbides , Nitrides, compounds, windings This paper is in accordance with the general Chinese national standard A4 specifications (210 X 297 public love) 1228520 AB c D VI. Patent application scope The machine is based on the "Patent 41 of the patent application, where the coating contains The lubricant is selected from the group consisting of cetyl palmitate, cetyl laurate, stearyl laurate, stearyl myristate, stearyl palmitate, stearyl stearate, and paraffin. According to the pre-tablet of the scope of the patent application No. 41, in which the particles include boron nitride particles, and a copolymer made of styrene and acrylic acid-the pre-tablet of the scope of the patent application No. 32, in which at least part of the glass fiber is Coated with paint. Please apply for a pre-film of item 32 of the patent scope, wherein the fabric is selected from the group consisting of woven fabrics, non-woven fabrics, knitted fabrics and deer. -8- This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1228520 Patent Application No. 088117686 Patent Replacement Sheet (November 1992) 圖5Figure 5
TW88117686A 1998-10-13 1999-11-25 Glass fiber-reinforced prepregs, laminates, electronic circuit boards and methods for assembling a fabric TWI228520B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17057898A 1998-10-13 1998-10-13
US13307599P 1999-05-07 1999-05-07
US14633799P 1999-07-30 1999-07-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TWI228520B true TWI228520B (en) 2005-03-01

Family

ID=36013455

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW88117686A TWI228520B (en) 1998-10-13 1999-11-25 Glass fiber-reinforced prepregs, laminates, electronic circuit boards and methods for assembling a fabric

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TWI228520B (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI487077B (en) * 2008-06-20 2015-06-01 Semiconductor Energy Lab Semiconductor device and method of manufacturing same
US10029443B2 (en) 2013-11-29 2018-07-24 Nitto Boseki Co., Ltd. Glass fiber fabric-resin composition laminate

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI487077B (en) * 2008-06-20 2015-06-01 Semiconductor Energy Lab Semiconductor device and method of manufacturing same
US10029443B2 (en) 2013-11-29 2018-07-24 Nitto Boseki Co., Ltd. Glass fiber fabric-resin composition laminate
TWI635953B (en) * 2013-11-29 2018-09-21 日商日東紡績股份有限公司 Glass fiber fabric-resin composition laminate

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN100488906C (en) Glass fiber-reinforced prepreg, laminates, electronic circuit boards and methods for assembling fabric
EP1060141B1 (en) Impregnated glass fiber strands and products including the same
CA2346027A1 (en) Impregnated glass fiber strands and products including the same
JP2003526593A (en) Impregnated glass fiber strands and products containing them
WO2001068754A1 (en) Impregnated glass fiber strands and products including the same
EP1066224A1 (en) Inorganic particle-coated glass fiber strands and products including the same
EP1060145B1 (en) Inorganic lubricant-coated glass fiber strands and products including the same
EP1060143B1 (en) Methods for inhibiting abrasive wear of glass fiber strands
WO2001068749A1 (en) Impregnated glass fiber strands and products including the same
KR20020057947A (en) Impregnated glass fiber strands and products including the same
JP2004513976A (en) Impregnated fiberglass strands and products containing such strands
TWI228520B (en) Glass fiber-reinforced prepregs, laminates, electronic circuit boards and methods for assembling a fabric
WO2001009226A1 (en) Impregnated glass fiber strands and products including the same
RU2212381C2 (en) Fiber glass reinforced prepreg (versions), laminate (versions)
TW557286B (en) Impregnated glass fiber strands and products including the same
WO2001068753A1 (en) Impregnated glass fiber strands and products including the same
WO2001068755A1 (en) Impregnated glass fiber strands and products including the same
TW590998B (en) Impregnated glass fiber strands and products including the same
WO2001068748A1 (en) Impregnated glass fiber strands and products including the same
WO2001068750A1 (en) Impregnated glass fiber strands and products including the same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees